RulesPal
Chat
Rulebook
FAQ
Gloomhaven thumbnail

Gloomhaven

845 questions players ask about Gloomhaven, answered in plain words and graded by where the answer comes from. See also the full rulebook.

Updated 2026-10-23.

  • Characters and Ability Cards
  • Class Abilities: Brute, Tinkerer and Spellweaver
  • Class Abilities: Cragheart
  • Class Abilities: Mindthief and Scoundrel
  • Class Abilities: Beast Tyrant and Doomstalker
  • Class Abilities: Other Unlockable Classes
  • Items
  • Monster Stats and Ability Cards
  • Battle Goals
  • Attack Modifier Deck
  • Scenario Setup and Level
  • Overlay Tiles and Terrain
  • Round Structure and Initiative
  • Resting
  • Movement
  • Doors and Revealing Rooms
  • Attacks, Range and Line of Sight
  • Advantage and Disadvantage
  • Area Attacks and Targeting
  • Push, Pull and Forced Movement
  • Conditions
  • Elements
  • Active Bonuses
  • Shield, Retaliate and Heal
  • Summons
  • Loot, Experience and Recovery
  • Damage and Exhaustion
  • Monster Focus
  • Monster Movement
  • Monster Attacks and Abilities
  • Bosses
  • Finishing a Scenario
  • Special Scenario Rules
  • Specific Scenarios: 1–30
  • Specific Scenarios: 31–60
  • Specific Scenarios: 61–95
  • Campaign and Unlocks
  • Events and Travel
  • Gold, Shop and Prosperity
  • Leveling Up and Perks
  • Enhancements
  • Personal Quests and Retirement
  • Game Variants and Solo Play
  • Gloomhaven: Forgotten CirclesExpansion
  • Gloomhaven: Solo ScenariosExpansion
  • The Crimson ScalesExpansion
  • Characters and Ability Cards

    If I use a lost card's half for the basic Attack 2 or Move 2, is the card lost?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-09
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2015-09-04
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Character Turn
    • Fafnir · Community · 2017-11-03
    • szukasz · Community · 2017-11-03
    • GrandMasterFox · Community · 2018-11-27

    No — a card used for the basic Attack 2 (top) or Move 2 (bottom) always goes to the discard pile, and everything printed on that half, including the lost icon, XP and elements, is ignored.

    Do I have to perform the top action before the bottom action on my turn?

    The rulebook's "Character Turn" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Character Turn
    • SnarksandBoojums · Community · 2018-01-29
    • JimA759 · Community · 2020-10-01
    • bore84 · Community · 2020-10-01
    • R3DSH1FT · Community · 2017-07-03
    • albcann · Community · 2017-07-03

    No — you use the top of one card and the bottom of the other in either order, but you must finish one action before starting the other.

    Does an ability that affects "all adjacent allies" also affect me?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2019, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-03-30
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-11-30
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-08-28
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Character Turn
    • Von Strubel · Community · 2017-11-29
    • Temelin · Community · 2017-02-10disagrees

    No — you are never your own ally, so heals and buffs that target allies (like the Tinkerer's Restorative Mist) don't affect the figure using them unless the card also says "self".

    Can I skip the damage on abilities like Cragheart's Rumbling Advance or Crater that hits adjacent allies?

    The rulebook's "Character Turn" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Character Turn
    • aflorin · Community · 2017-04-18
    • Stryker1979 · Community · 2017-04-18
    • Jack Spirio · Community · 2019-03-17
    • Gambit001 · Community · 2017-04-18disagrees
    • SolidAnakin · Community · 2018-07-15disagrees

    No — you can skip any part of an action except one that harms you or your allies. If the damage would hit an ally, it must be performed; if it would hit only enemies, you may skip it.

    Can I stop partway through one card's move, use my other card's attack, then finish the move?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-29
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2016-01-26
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Character Turn
    • MrPyro · Community · 2021-01-08
    • KaffiQ · Community · 2021-01-08
    • DocSavage2001 · Community · 2017-04-29

    No — you must finish one card's action before starting the other. Within an action, abilities are performed in the order written.

    Which parts of an ability card's action can I choose to skip?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-11-19
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-05
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-11
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Character Turn
    • philmcd · Community · 2017-03-07
    • longlivesquare · Community · 2017-03-07

    Any part except one that will have a negative effect on you or your allies, such as damage to yourself or adjacent allies. You can even skip the whole action, in which case the card is simply discarded.

    Do I get an action's element infusion and XP if I don't perform its attack?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Uberdemnebelmeer · Community · 2017-12-28
    • danule · Community · 2017-12-28
    • m_ender · Community · 2018-06-06
    • Dexter345 · Community · 2018-06-06
    • masterzora · Community · 2018-08-17
    • Madmullet · Community · 2018-08-17

    Only if you perform at least some part of that action. If its attack has no target and nothing else on it is performed, you gain no element or XP from it.

    What do the small dots on character ability cards mean?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-02-16
    • BenjoBaker · Community · 2017-02-16
    • squegeeboo · Community · 2018-11-19
    • Garou · Community · 2017-03-19

    They mark the spots where that ability can later be enhanced with stickers.

    How are level X ability cards different from level 1 cards?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2020, in line with the rulebook.

    • boardgame613 · Designer · 2020-06-08
    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-06-07
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Character Ability Cards
    • masterzora · Community · 2019-02-06
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2019-02-06
    • Felkor · Community · 2017-05-04

    They count as level 1 cards, are available from the start and are fully interchangeable with level 1 cards in your hand. They cost the same to enhance.

    Is a card with a lost icon lost if I perform only part of the action, or none of it?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-04
    • WarioMCP · Community · 2017-12-28
    • Cavalier281 · Community · 2017-12-28
    • CrashTestDummy · Community · 2018-09-25
    • squegeeboo · Community · 2018-09-25
    • csouth154 · Community · 2018-02-11disagrees

    If you perform any part of that action, the card is lost wherever the icon sits. If you perform none of it, or use the half as a basic Attack 2 or Move 2, it is discarded instead.

    How do I tell if text under an attack is part of the attack or a separate ability?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2018-02-26
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-12-04
    • aflorin · Community · 2017-12-03
    • cferejohn · Community · 2017-12-03

    Spacing and font: smaller text tucked under the attack modifies it, while a separate line with normal spacing is its own ability.

    Do I gain an action's large XP icon if I only perform part of the action?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-05-22
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2023-05-22
    • SnarksandBoojums · Community · 2019-04-01
    • a1bert · Community · 2019-04-01
    • dejadee · Community · 2018-01-02
    • DMountford · Community · 2018-01-03

    Yes — a large standalone XP icon belongs to the whole action, so performing any ability in it earns the XP (but you must perform at least one). XP printed on a specific line, like an element bonus, needs that line.

    Does "adjacent allies" on a card mean adjacent to me or to the target?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • masterzora · Community · 2019-02-19
    • Dexter345 · Community · 2019-02-19
    • Kenaras · Community · 2019-05-23
    • JimA759 · Community · 2019-05-23
    • mhl7 · Community · 2018-02-15
    • nom_ · Community · 2018-02-15

    Adjacent to the figure performing the ability, unless the card ties it to the target. For ongoing auras, adjacency is checked each time it matters, so an ally who moves away loses the bonus.

    Is the basic Attack 2 melee for ranged classes like the Spellweaver?

    The rulebook's "Character Turn" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Character Turn
    • m_ender · Community · 2018-09-07

    Yes — the basic Attack 2 is always a melee attack for every class.

    Does "any one enemy" on a card mean a single target?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Xante · Community · 2019-03-07
    • Michael_Lockhart · Community · 2019-03-07

    Yes — "any one" means a single target; multi-target abilities say Target X or show a pattern.

    Does a consume bonus written as "+2 Move, +2 Attack" add new abilities or boost the existing ones?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Stomski · Community · 2018-07-28
    • alecm88 · Community · 2018-07-28

    A "+" bonus modifies the existing abilities — Move 1 and Attack 2 become Move 3 and Attack 4.

    How many ability cards do I draw at the start of a scenario?

    The rulebook's "Scenario Setup" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Scenario Setup
    • mhl7 · Community · 2017-12-08
    • jsciv · Community · 2017-12-08

    None — you don't draw. You start with your whole chosen hand, as many cards as your hand size.

    Are X cards a one-time choice or a permanent part of my pool?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • PaulGrogan · Community · 2017-02-11
    • thomast8991 · Community · 2017-02-12
    • CptBlood · Community · 2018-12-28
    • masterzora · Community · 2018-12-28

    Permanent — they stay in your pool as level 1 cards, and before each scenario you choose your hand from the whole pool.

    Can I use only the push on an ability like Fearsome Blade without attacking?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • cycyx · Community · 2017-03-13
    • Faranim · Community · 2017-03-13
    • Benkyo · Community · 2019-01-16
    • daisychopper · Community · 2019-01-16

    No — small text under an ability modifies it, so to push you must make the attack.

    Can two characters of the same class play in the same scenario?

    The rulebook's "Character Mats" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Character Mats
    • Deverash · Community · 2017-02-08
    • HotdogZanzibar · Community · 2017-02-08
    • lowlight · Community · 2018-04-08
    • Robyrt · Community · 2018-04-08
    • masterzora · Community · 2018-07-25

    No — only one copy of each class can be in a scenario, since the class has one set of cards and one modifier deck. A campaign can have several characters of a class, just not playing together.

    Do I lose a card every round?

    The rulebook's "Card Selection" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Card Selection
    • nom_ · Community · 2017-02-02
    • Hahma · Community · 2017-02-26
    • aflorin · Community · 2017-02-26

    No — played cards normally go to the discard pile; you only lose cards when you rest, play a lost-icon action or negate damage.

    What counts as an ally?

    The rulebook's "Character Turn" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Character Turn
    • mhl7 · Community · 2018-08-14
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-08-25
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-08-25

    Any figure fighting on the characters' side: other characters, everyone's summons and scenario allies — but never yourself. A monster you control temporarily isn't your ally unless a card says so.

    Did the second printing of Gloomhaven change any rules?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-06
    • alphasquid · Community · 2017-04-10

    No rules were rewritten; it incorporates errata and clarifications, and some cards were corrected.

    Class Abilities: Brute, Tinkerer and Spellweaver

    Does a multi-target heal use one charge of Potent Potables or one per target?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-02-12
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-12
    • x1te · Community · 2019-01-29
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-01-21
    • HitmanN · Community · 2018-01-21

    One — the bonus applies to the whole heal action, so a heal that affects several allies uses a single charge. Charges on use circles are spent automatically whenever the trigger happens.

    Does killing an enemy with the Brute's Fatal Advance count as damage or an attack?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-12-31
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-11-22
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-11-22
    • Madmullet · Community · 2021-07-15

    No — the kill isn't an attack and deals no damage, so it gives no movement for Balanced Measure and can't be extended with attack items like the Battle Axe.

    How does the Brute's Trample resolve its attacks?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-11-18
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-06
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2015-09-23
    • stevelabny · Community · 2017-03-12
    • aflorin · Community · 2018-04-03
    • tarkin2 · Community · 2018-03-31disagrees

    The attacks happen only after the whole jump move is finished, and only against enemies you moved through. Each is a separate attack with its own modifier.

    If the Brute plays Provoking Roar while invisible, who does the monster attack?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • masterzora · Community · 2019-08-20
    • a1bert · Community · 2019-08-18
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2020-06-14
    • oughgh · Community · 2020-06-14
    • Xaqery · Community · 2019-08-18disagrees

    Invisibility wins — enemies can't target the invisible Brute, so the monster ignores the redirect and attacks normally.

    Does the Tinkerer's Auto Turret use a charge on turns it can't attack?

    Each part rests on one player's reading; no ruling.

    • a1bert · Community · 2019-07-14
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-07-14

    Yes — it triggers at the end of each of your turns and uses a charge (gaining XP where shown) whether or not there is a valid target. If you're stunned you can't perform its attack, and if disarmed you can't attack either.

    What does the Spellweaver's Reviving Ether recover — discarded cards, items, allies' cards?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2015.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2015-09-14
    • masterzora · Community · 2019-05-21
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2019-05-21
    • Neophyte · Community · 2020-09-08
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-09-08
    • blizzardb · Community · 2017-11-27

    Only the Spellweaver's own lost ability cards (except ones marked as unrecoverable). It doesn't return discarded cards, other characters' cards, or spent and consumed items.

    How does the Brute's Warding Strength shield work — does it stack across attacks?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • P0isson · Community · 2017-02-17
    • Eyegleam · Community · 2017-02-17
    • Hahma · Community · 2017-02-17
    • stevelabny · Community · 2017-03-12
    • squegeeboo · Community · 2019-02-03
    • skyzero · Community · 2017-03-12disagrees

    It doesn't build up: each attack that would damage you gets Shield 1 and uses one charge, until the charges run out. It only triggers when an attack would actually deal damage after other effects.

    Does Spellweaver's Crackling Air use one charge per target, and must I consume Air each time?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-08-17
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-11-17
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-11-08
    • 5hrike · Community · 2017-11-08
    • aquillo · Community · 2017-03-25
    • PaulGrogan · Community · 2017-03-25

    One charge per target — each target of a multi-target attack is a separate attack. Air is consumed once when you play the card, and that choice applies to every later use.

    When does Spellweaver's Frost Armor use a charge and give its XP?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-09-09
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-09-09
    • schwazzy · Community · 2017-09-09
    • Windtreader · Community · 2020-09-30
    • SnitraM · Community · 2020-10-01
    • kzinti · Community · 2017-09-09disagrees

    Only when it actually negates a source of damage — an attack already reduced to 0 by its modifier doesn't trigger it and uses no charge. You gain the XP printed on a slot when that charge is used, and the card is lost once its last charge is used.

    Does the Brute's Provoking Roar redirect attacks even if the Brute is out of the attack's range?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-22
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-17
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-17
    • aflorin · Community · 2017-02-06
    • DaveMorgan · Community · 2017-02-28
    • stevelabny · Community · 2017-04-02

    Yes — the attack is redirected to the Brute regardless of range, but only attacks: a condition ability with no attack isn't redirected. His melee Retaliate still only hits an attacker adjacent to him.

    How does the bottom of the Brute's Immovable Phalanx work?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Dexter345 · Community · 2018-01-02
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-02-18
    • AoiTori · Community · 2020-02-18
    • alecm88 · Community · 2018-04-09
    • m_ender · Community · 2018-11-09

    It's a persistent, lost card that stays in your active area for the rest of the scenario, letting you treat Move abilities as attacks as described; your other cards keep working normally.

    How does the Spellweaver's Impaling Eruption path work?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2015.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2015-09-23
    • Neophyte · Community · 2018-11-11
    • daimpi · Community · 2018-11-11
    • butakka · Community · 2021-02-27
    • a1bert · Community · 2021-02-27
    • Willottica · Community · 2017-12-18disagrees

    Pick a target within range, then trace a path of hexes from you to it — it doesn't need to be a straight line and can bend however you like. Every enemy on the path is attacked, each only once.

    Does the Brute's Reckless Offensive do anything if I suffer no damage?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-14
    • Madmullet · Community · 2021-01-22
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-08-14
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2021-01-23disagrees

    No — it targets X enemies where X is the damage you suffered, so with no damage there are no targets. Enhancing its attack costs double as a multi-target ability.

    Does the Tinkerer's Harmless Contraption attack?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Jack Spirio · Community · 2020-04-08
    • CrashTestDummy · Community · 2020-04-08
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-04-08
    • runtsta · Community · 2020-10-04

    No — its attack is "-", so it never attacks on its own turn; it only moves and gets in the way.

    Does the Tinkerer's Potent Potables trigger on a long rest heal or an item heal?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • runtsta · Community · 2018-05-18
    • Xaqery · Community · 2018-05-18
    • gabrielrockman1 · Community · 2018-09-04
    • CrashTestDummy · Community · 2018-09-04

    Yes — those are heal actions, so Potent Potables boosts them and uses a charge.

    Who loses the two cards on the Tinkerer's Chimeric Formula, the Tinkerer or the ally?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2020.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2020-04-22
    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-04-21
    • DeriusDen · Community · 2020-04-21disagrees

    The ally — they recover up to two lost cards and then lose cards from their hand as the card describes.

    Can the Spellweaver's Twin Restoration recover Reviving Ether?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-03-27
    • alphasquid · Community · 2017-03-27

    No — Reviving Ether has the "cannot be recovered once lost" symbol.

    Are the move and the push on the bottom of the Brute's Sweeping Blow separate abilities?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2021-04-27
    • Ganashal · Community · 2021-04-27

    Yes — you can skip the move and still perform the push.

    For the Brute's Balanced Measure, can I zig-zag or move back and forth to raise X, and what damage counts?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-14
    • SparkValor · Community · 2017-11-30
    • PhilGreenfly · Community · 2017-11-30
    • mfaulk80 · Community · 2017-12-03
    • MightyMouse85 · Community · 2017-12-03
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2021-01-02

    Yes — X counts every hex you actually moved, including re-entering hexes you already passed through. For the damage-based part, only damage you dealt counts; trap damage is the trap's, not yours.

    Does Frost Armor infuse Ice when played or each time it blocks damage?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-12-02
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-02-25
    • JimA759 · Community · 2023-02-25
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-02-25
    • masterzora · Community · 2018-02-25

    Only once, when the card is played. An element on a persistent card is infused when you perform the action, not on later triggers.

    Does Provoking Roar make a monster move to attack the Brute instead of my ally?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-17
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-17
    • Tongar1234 · Community · 2020-10-27
    • JimA759 · Community · 2020-10-27

    No — the monster still focuses on and moves toward the ally as normal; only when it attacks an adjacent ally is that attack redirected to the Brute.

    Is the Brute's Spare Dagger (Attack 3, Range 3) one attack or two?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Sadgit · Community · 2017-11-14
    • Goulag · Community · 2017-11-14
    • Benkyo · Community · 2018-04-23
    • runtsta · Community · 2018-04-23

    One ranged attack of 3 at range 3; small text under a main ability modifies it rather than adding another ability.

    Can the Tinkerer's Enhancement Field buff the Dangerous Contraption's attack?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • mhl7 · Community · 2021-04-07
    • Madmullet · Community · 2021-04-07

    Usually not — the field is an aura for allies attacking while adjacent to the Tinkerer, and the summon attacks on its own turn.

    Does the Brute's Trample draw a modifier and get reduced by Shield for each enemy?

    Several players agree all normal attack rules apply.

    • squegeeboo · Community · 2020-01-28
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-01-28
    • coblackmagus · Community · 2017-03-24
    • SaintHax · Community · 2017-03-24disagrees

    Yes — it makes a separate attack against each enemy moved through, each with its own modifier and the target's Shield.

    Does the Tinkerer's Jet Propulsion affect all summons, and is the bonus added to their move?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • becauseofyou · Community · 2020-06-02
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-06-02

    Yes on both — it affects every summoned ally in range, adding to their move.

    How does the bottom of the Brute's Frenzied Onslaught work?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • a1bert · Community · 2019-12-01
    • nicktenny · Community · 2019-12-01

    Until the end of the round, each of your attacks gains +3 against a target that is disarmed, immobilized or stunned.

    Is a kill effect like the Brute's Quietus an attack, and does its target need to be stunned by me?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • tibbles · Community · 2018-02-15
    • dbaker · Community · 2018-02-15
    • Ganashal · Community · 2021-01-31
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2021-01-31
    • Thinsilver · Community · 2018-04-16
    • runtsta · Community · 2018-04-16

    It isn't an attack and deals no damage, so attack items and Balanced Measure don't interact with it. The target only needs to be stunned when you use the card, however it got stunned.

    What happens if the Tinkerer's Reinvigorating Elixir returns all discards of an ally who declared a long rest?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2016.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2016-12-20
    • MrTroy · Community · 2017-02-17
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-05-03
    • Lucky Eddie · Community · 2017-12-29
    • Trondster · Community · 2017-12-29
    • m_ender · Community · 2018-04-16

    Per the FAQ, the ally still long rests (heal and item refresh) but loses no card, since nothing is in their discard pile.

    Class Abilities: Cragheart

    Is the attack on Cragheart's Clear the Way ranged, and does it need line of sight?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2020.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-12-10
    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-12-10
    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-12-09
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-12-09
    • stormzbowler · Community · 2017-05-19
    • alphasquid · Community · 2017-05-19

    Yes — the attack on enemies adjacent to the moved obstacle is a ranged attack, so each target needs line of sight from the Cragheart. It already targets every adjacent enemy, so Backup Ammunition can't add an extra target to it, though it is still a ranged attack for effects that count those.

    Does Cragheart's Rock Slide need line of sight to damage enemies next to the new obstacles?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2020.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-12-10
    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-12-10
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-05
    • aflorin · Community · 2020-12-27
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-12-09disagrees
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2020-12-10disagrees

    Only for placing the obstacles — that part has a range, so the hexes need line of sight. The damage to enemies adjacent to the created obstacles isn't an attack and needs no line of sight; an enemy next to several of them still takes the damage only once.

    What does moving "in a straight line" on Cragheart's Rock Slide mean?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-02-05
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-02-05
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-02-05
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-02-04
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-06-11
    • Twilight_Sonata · Community · 2018-02-04disagrees

    You must move along a single straight row of hexes in one of the six hex directions, without turning.

    Can Cragheart's Backup Ammunition add a target to non-attack abilities like Petrify or a heal?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-12-08
    • ecm85 · Community · 2018-12-14
    • Dexter345 · Community · 2018-01-29
    • Kambei4prez · Community · 2018-01-29

    No — Add Target only adds a target to an attack, and attacks can only target enemies, so it does nothing for abilities that aren't attacks or that affect allies.

    Can the Cragheart create an obstacle on a pressure plate?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2018-01-15
    • aflorin · Community · 2018-01-14
    • mhl7 · Community · 2018-01-14

    Yes — a pressure plate hex counts as empty, so an obstacle can be created there. You still may never create obstacles that completely seal off part of the map.

    On Cragheart's Clear the Way, does the range limit the attack, and can I skip moving the obstacle?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2020.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-12-10
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2020-12-09
    • mhl7 · Community · 2018-07-24
    • masterzora · Community · 2018-07-24

    The Range 4 limits where the obstacle goes; any enemy adjacent to its new position can be attacked. You may skip moving the obstacle, but then the attack has no targets.

    Does Cragheart's Dirt Tornado muddle a target added by an Add Target modifier?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2018-05-23
    • PhilGreenfly · Community · 2018-05-11
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-05-11disagrees
    • Gambit001 · Community · 2018-05-11disagrees

    No — the added target isn't a hex of the drawn area, and Dirt Tornado's muddle affects the area's hexes, so the extra target isn't muddled.

    Which obstacles can Cragheart's Heaving Swing push an enemy into?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-05-19
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-29
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-11
    • DobbelB · Community · 2018-05-19
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-03-27disagrees
    • kornetmuse · Community · 2018-03-02disagrees

    Only obstacles the Cragheart could normally destroy — any obstacle without hit points, not just ones he created. Obstacles with hit points (and ones a scenario makes indestructible) can't be destroyed this way, so they aren't valid. A multi-hex obstacle is destroyed once, for one instance of damage.

    Can I skip the attack on Cragheart's Heaving Swing and just push?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-12-04
    • Benkyo · Community · 2019-01-16
    • daisychopper · Community · 2019-01-16
    • aflorin · Community · 2017-12-03
    • cferejohn · Community · 2017-12-03

    No — the push is part of the attack, so there is no push without performing the attack.

    Is Cragheart's Unstable Upheaval a ranged attack when Earth is consumed?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-12-04
    • Sadgit · Community · 2017-12-04
    • Dexter345 · Community · 2018-04-04
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-10-04
    • boomtron · Community · 2017-04-21
    • nom_ · Community · 2017-02-19disagrees

    No, with the current card — the second printing made the top action a melee attack whether or not Earth is consumed. The old FAQ entry calling it ranged applied only to the first-printing card.

    Does Cragheart's Explosive Punch need an obstacle, and does it hit a flying enemy on the obstacle?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-20
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-19
    • jkglife · Community · 2018-03-02
    • nom_ · Community · 2018-01-26
    • guardianz · Community · 2018-02-21disagrees
    • KunoTheWise · Community · 2019-01-12disagrees

    It needs an obstacle — the attack targets enemies adjacent to the destroyed obstacle, so with no obstacle it does nothing. A flying enemy standing on the obstacle's own hex isn't adjacent to it and isn't hit, even if the obstacle covers several hexes.

    Does consuming Earth on Cragheart's Dirt Tornado add a second attack, and is the muddle conditional?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Nicholas M · Community · 2017-10-28
    • albcann · Community · 2017-10-28
    • Broaster House · Community · 2017-10-28
    • jkglife · Community · 2018-02-06
    • LateShacka · Community · 2018-02-06
    • js1729 · Community · 2018-01-29

    No to both — consuming Earth adds +1 to the same area attack on every target (with its XP gained once), and the muddle always applies to figures in the area.

    How does the bottom action of Cragheart's Blind Destruction deal its damage?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2019.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-06-11
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-11-18
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-11-18
    • Eragem · Community · 2018-11-18

    Finish the whole move first; then every ally and enemy adjacent to any hex you entered during that move suffers the damage, each only once.

    Does the Retaliate from Cragheart's Opposing Strike grow with each attack?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • mhl7 · Community · 2020-10-01
    • AoiTori · Community · 2020-10-01
    • PaulGrogan · Community · 2017-02-23
    • minigno · Community · 2017-02-23
    • longlivesquare · Community · 2017-02-23
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-07-04

    No — each melee attack against you triggers Retaliate 2 and uses one charge. It doesn't trigger on ranged attacks, even from adjacent enemies.

    When does Cragheart's Brutal Momentum deal its bonus damage?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-08-29
    • aflorin · Community · 2018-08-29
    • Dexter345 · Community · 2018-05-17
    • nom_ · Community · 2018-05-17
    • Charian · Community · 2018-03-26disagrees
    • Whogavemebanana · Community · 2019-08-05disagrees

    When a hex of the push can't be performed because a wall or obstacle blocks every valid hex. You can't choose to push into an obstacle while an open hex farther away is available. Extra push from a modifier card becomes part of the push and can trigger it too.

    Can Cragheart's Avalanche create fewer obstacles, and how does Stone Charm affect it?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • squegeeboo · Community · 2018-01-09
    • mhl7 · Community · 2018-12-18
    • SilentMix · Community · 2021-06-05
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2021-06-05

    You create as many as there are empty adjacent hexes, up to the number on the card (you can skip the whole ability). Pressure plates count as empty. Stone Charm adds one obstacle to the action, not one per obstacle.

    Can the heal on Cragheart's Sentient Growth heal the Cragheart himself?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-04-25
    • a1bert · Community · 2019-08-30
    • Eyegleam · Community · 2017-02-03
    • Swaygodeus · Community · 2018-04-01
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-04-01

    No — it heals allies, and a character is never its own ally.

    Does Massive Boulder's damage to adjacent enemies need line of sight, and does Backup Ammunition copy it?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2020.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-12-10
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-12-25
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-03
    • aflorin · Community · 2020-12-27
    • Luisgilalv · Community · 2020-12-10
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-08-19

    Only the main target needs line of sight; the adjacent damage doesn't. An extra target from Backup Ammunition copies the whole attack, including its adjacent damage, so an enemy next to both targets takes it twice.

    Does Cragheart's Backup Ammunition use a charge on a ranged attack with no extra target?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-15
    • aflorin · Community · 2017-02-19
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-02-19
    • mhl7 · Community · 2018-10-24
    • gabrielrockman1 · Community · 2018-10-24
    • Daemon6 · Community · 2018-10-25

    Yes — an active bonus must be used whenever its trigger happens, so every ranged attack while it's active spends a charge (and gives its XP), even with no second target.

    Can I use Clear the Way to move an obstacle when no enemies would be next to it?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2020.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-12-10
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2020-12-09
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-01-21
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-01-22
    • therobbot · Community · 2017-08-16
    • heretic_dave · Community · 2017-08-16

    Yes — the obstacle is simply placed in an empty hex within range (it isn't slid, so allies don't block it), and the attack follows only if enemies are adjacent.

    Can I use Cragheart's Rumbling Advance just to move and infuse Earth without the adjacent damage?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2019.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-07-16
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-11-19
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2019-07-17
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-02-18
    • albcann · Community · 2023-02-18
    • thebrendan03 · Community · 2017-11-19

    You can use it as a plain Move 2, or perform the whole ability. The move and the damage are separate abilities, but the damage hits adjacent figures and can't be skipped if it would hurt an ally.

    Can Cragheart's Petrify place an obstacle on a hex with an overlay tile, and does it still kill if it can't?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-11-21
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-11-19
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-11-19
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-11-19
    • mhl7 · Community · 2018-11-19disagrees
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2019-08-19disagrees

    The kill and the obstacle are separate: the enemy dies either way. The obstacle needs an empty hex, so it isn't placed on traps or other overlay tiles; per Morthai, the one exception is a coin or chest the petrified monster itself drops there.

    For Cragheart's Stone Pummel, must the obstacle be adjacent to the Cragheart, and can one obstacle serve two cards?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-12-19
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-28
    • Dexter345 · Community · 2018-12-19
    • SaintHax · Community · 2017-04-28

    Yes, the Cragheart must be adjacent to both the enemy and the obstacle; and one obstacle can't satisfy both Explosive Punch and Stone Pummel — each needs its own.

    Does the Cragheart's Kinetic Assault (Retaliate 3, Range 3) give an ally retaliate?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-31
    • MrTroy · Community · 2017-03-31disagrees

    No — it gives the Cragheart himself Retaliate 3 that reaches attackers within range 3.

    Can the Cragheart run out of obstacle tokens, and must he create every obstacle an ability lists?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • mhl7 · Community · 2018-01-22
    • jaredh · Community · 2018-01-22
    • Blacklanner · Community · 2018-04-23
    • Robinoost · Community · 2018-04-23
    • mccrispy · Community · 2018-01-26
    • evildisc420 · Community · 2018-01-26

    Use any spare single-hex obstacle token or a substitute. You may skip creating obstacles entirely, but if you create them, place as many as the card says unless legal hexes run out.

    On Cragheart's Crater, does the element bonus raise both damage instances or only the second?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • jpolitis · Community · 2017-11-24
    • Coldshard · Community · 2017-11-24

    Only the second — abilities resolve in order, and consuming Earth upgrades only the ability it's attached to.

    Can Cragheart's Sentient Growth top action be used just to heal allies without attacking?

    Rests on players citing the later FAQ entry; the designer's 2017 post said otherwise.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-11superseded
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-08-09
    • AoiTori · Community · 2020-04-02
    • Fuzzydeath · Community · 2017-03-11

    No, under the later official FAQ: the heal uses exactly the same area as the attack, and if you don't perform the attack there is no targeted area, so nobody is healed. In 2017 the designer had said you could use it just for the heal, and some groups still play it that way. The bottom heal works on its own.

    With Cragheart's Stone Pummel active, can I destroy two obstacles for +6, or still get Heaving Swing's bonus?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • m_ender · Community · 2018-11-03
    • jogobella · Community · 2018-11-03
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2018-07-15
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-07-15

    No — each charge destroys one obstacle and boosts a single melee attack, and once Stone Pummel destroys the adjacent obstacle it isn't there for Heaving Swing.

    Does Cragheart's Brutal Momentum give 1 XP per blocked hex or 1 XP total, and does its ranged +1 apply to allies?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • ribsies · Community · 2018-02-19
    • Dexter345 · Community · 2018-02-19
    • csouth154 · Community · 2018-08-20

    One XP for each hex of the push blocked by a wall or obstacle. Its +1 applies only to the Cragheart's own ranged attacks.

    What does Rock Tunnel's "target all enemies moved through" mean, and does Rumbling Advance hit along the path?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Tabletop_Tavern · Community · 2017-12-19
    • cferejohn · Community · 2017-12-19
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-02-23
    • Trondster · Community · 2017-12-06

    Rock Tunnel affects every enemy whose hex you jumped through. Rumbling Advance is different: you finish the move first, so only figures adjacent to your final hex take its damage.

    Class Abilities: Mindthief and Scoundrel

    What does Scoundrel's Smoke Bomb double, and does it stack with a 2x modifier?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-11-11
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-11-11
    • Steinman · Community · 2018-11-11
    • Slow Dog · Community · 2020-07-19
    • Trondster · Community · 2020-07-20
    • squegeeboo · Community · 2019-09-01

    It doubles the whole attack value, including your other attack bonuses, during the attacker's bonus step before the modifier card is drawn — so a 2x modifier then doubles it again. Empowering Void-style effects that double only the printed value work differently, and the two don't double the same number.

    Does Scoundrel's Smoke Bomb double every target of a multi-target or area attack?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • a1bert · Community · 2019-07-25
    • Xaqery · Community · 2019-07-25
    • nicktenny · Community · 2020-04-15
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-04-15

    No — it applies to your next single attack while invisible. In a multi-target action it triggers on the first attack, and the card is then lost before the remaining attacks resolve.

    Can the Mindthief have more than one Rat Swarm or other summon from the same card at once?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Jack Spirio · Community · 2019-01-07
    • Oareo · Community · 2018-01-06
    • Robyrt · Community · 2018-01-10

    No — the summon card stays in your active area while the summon is alive, so you can't play it again until the summon is gone. The number printed in the summon is its hit point value, not a heal.

    Does movement from the Mindthief's Possession count as a move action for bonuses, or toward Brute's Balanced Measure?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2018-02-14
    • alphasquid · Community · 2017-04-26
    • CrushU · Community · 2017-04-27
    • Painkeeper · Community · 2018-08-29
    • Madmullet · Community · 2018-08-29
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-02-13disagrees

    No — Possession doesn't grant an action, so move-action bonuses like Song of Speed don't apply. Balanced Measure only counts hexes the Brute moved on his own turn, so movement on someone else's turn (or forced movement) doesn't count.

    When the Mindthief forces a monster to attack, whose ability card and modifier deck are used?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • philmcd · Community · 2017-02-25
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-01-05
    • masterzora · Community · 2019-02-20
    • SnarksandBoojums · Community · 2019-02-20

    The monster's — the controlled monster draws from the monster attack modifier deck, as the attacker always uses its own deck.

    Does the Scoundrel's Spring the Trap work against flying enemies?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • nicktenny · Community · 2019-03-23
    • squegeeboo · Community · 2019-03-23
    • tarkin2 · Community · 2018-04-12

    Yes — the target isn't entering a trap; the Scoundrel applies the disarmed trap's effects to it directly, so flying doesn't protect it.

    Does the Mindthief's Pilfer count adjacent invisible enemies, and does it work with no loot nearby?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-20
    • SaintHax · Community · 2017-04-19
    • enomiel · Community · 2019-05-28
    • Gabethebabe · Community · 2019-05-28
    • Felz · Community · 2017-04-19disagrees
    • Korvash · Community · 2019-05-28disagrees

    Invisible adjacent enemies count, because Pilfer doesn't target them. But the bonus only adds to a Loot that actually picks something up; with no money token in range you gain nothing.

    When a character ability makes a monster or summon attack, does it use the figure's own range?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-07-08
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-07-07
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-05-18
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-07-07superseded
    • therobbot · Community · 2017-07-09
    • Buckets · Community · 2017-05-16disagrees

    It depends on the wording. "Attack +X" is read like a monster ability card, so it uses the figure's base attack, range and effects; a fixed "Attack X" with no range is a melee attack; "Attack X, Range +0" uses the fixed value at the figure's base range. An early answer that "Attack +0" is always melee was overruled.

    How does the Mindthief's Submissive Affliction forced attack work?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2018-06-30
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-07-08
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-07-07
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-18superseded
    • Ravendas · Community · 2017-02-06disagrees
    • aflorin · Community · 2017-04-18disagrees

    The controlled monster makes an Attack 2 (not +2 to its own value) at its own base range ("Range +0"), adding any effects from its stat card and drawing from the monster modifier deck. Forcing the monster isn't a targeted ability, but the attack it makes still can't target an invisible enemy.

    Are the follow-up attacks on the Mindthief's Cranium Overload melee or ranged?

    Players disagree; this is the better-supported reading, with no official ruling.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-23
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-08-27disagrees
    • DaviddesJ · Community · 2017-02-24
    • aflorin · Community · 2018-08-28
    • Painkeeper · Community · 2017-02-23disagrees
    • Jlerpy · Community · 2019-07-12disagrees

    Ranged, according to the designer's 2017 ruling and the FAQ — like the Cragheart's Meteor — so melee augments don't apply. Some players, and a later 2018 post by the co-designer, argued they are melee because no range is printed. The attacks use the Mindthief's own modifier deck.

    Can the Mindthief play an augment card just for its attack and keep the current augment?

    Players disagree; this is the better-supported reading, with no official ruling.

    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-02-12
    • mournful · Community · 2017-02-12
    • Xaqery · Community · 2018-05-17
    • runtsta · Community · 2018-05-27
    • therobbot · Community · 2017-06-02disagrees
    • DMountford · Community · 2018-01-19disagrees

    Yes — placing the augment is a separate, skippable ability, so you can perform only the attack (and gain its XP) while your existing augment stays active.

    How do Mindthief augments work, and do they apply to her summons or controlled monsters?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2019.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-02-12
    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-02-11
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-01-29
    • Cliffy73 · Community · 2016-11-19
    • Darkmancer · Community · 2016-11-19
    • jovillal · Community · 2021-01-26

    Playing the augment half puts the card in your active area as a persistent bonus that boosts your own melee attacks; playing a new augment discards the old one. Augments never apply to the Mindthief's summons or to attacks she forces enemies to make. You can play an augment even when its attack has no target.

    When do I gain the XP on a Mindthief augment card?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-12-19
    • valpocarnie · Community · 2017-12-19
    • Felkor · Community · 2017-12-19
    • ribsies · Community · 2018-02-24
    • therobbot · Community · 2017-06-28
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-02-18

    Once, when you play the augment action — whether or not you also make its attack.

    How does consuming Dark on Scoundrel's Sinister Opportunity work?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2019.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-02-08
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2018-03-06
    • Gilgamesh0 · Community · 2017-12-22
    • masterzora · Community · 2019-02-08
    • Dexter345 · Community · 2019-02-08
    • Madmullet · Community · 2019-02-08disagrees

    It changes the bonus to +2 Attack for each ally adjacent to the target, and you gain the XP for consuming Dark even if no allies are adjacent.

    Is the bottom of the Mindthief's Feedback Loop Move 3 or Move 4?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • a1bert · Community · 2020-09-02
    • oughgh · Community · 2020-09-02
    • minigno · Community · 2017-02-23
    • nom_ · Community · 2017-02-23
    • csouth154 · Community · 2018-09-12
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-09-12

    The current card is Move 4 with Jump; Move 3 was an older printing. While the augment is active, each of your melee attacks gives you Shield 1 for the round.

    Who gets kill credit when a mind-controlled monster kills another monster?

    Players disagree; this is the better-supported reading, with no official ruling.

    • a1bert · Community · 2024-11-23
    • Dexter345 · Community · 2019-01-03
    • aflorin · Community · 2018-01-04
    • galaxyrise · Community · 2018-01-04
    • Vardaine · Community · 2018-01-04disagrees
    • fllicker · Community · 2017-02-25disagrees

    No one — the official FAQ says a monster you force to attack doesn't give you the kill, whether through Submissive Affliction or Hostile Takeover. Early forum answers credited the Mindthief, but the FAQ settles it.

    Does the Scoundrel's Duelist's Advance bonus apply to allies' attacks, and is it checked per target?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-17
    • Hahma · Community · 2017-04-17
    • Madmullet · Community · 2019-08-21
    • Xaqery · Community · 2019-08-21

    It only applies to the Scoundrel's own attacks, and it's checked separately for each target of a multi-target attack.

    Does the Mindthief's The Mind's Weakness give its +2 to the Attack 1 on the same card?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Leonce · Community · 2017-10-29
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-01-18

    Yes — the augment goes into effect first, so the card's own Attack 1 gets the bonus. The Attack 1 isn't repeated on later turns.

    Is the Scoundrel's Backstab one attack or two?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-28
    • Karui_Kage · Community · 2017-02-28

    One attack — the conditional lines beneath it are bonuses to that single attack.

    Does the Scoundrel's Flanking Strike always add +2 Attack?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-11-21
    • perer005 · Community · 2017-11-22

    No — only when the target is adjacent to one of your allies.

    Does Submissive Affliction replace the controlled monster's own turn, and can a disarmed Mindthief use it?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • nom_ · Community · 2017-02-23
    • therobbot · Community · 2017-10-07
    • cferejohn · Community · 2017-12-05
    • skevoid · Community · 2017-12-05
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-04-19
    • aflorin · Community · 2017-04-19

    The forced attack is an extra action — the monster still takes its normal turn. Disarm only stops the Mindthief's own attacks, so she can still force a monster to attack.

    Can a Battle Axe or Long Spear turn Phantasmal Killer's kill into an area kill?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • aflorin · Community · 2018-10-17
    • Epinephrine · Community · 2018-10-12
    • daimpi · Community · 2018-10-12

    No — once Dark is consumed, the kill replaces the attack, so attack items no longer apply.

    Do conditions applied by the Mindthief's attack count for that same attack's "per negative condition" bonus?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Opticus · Community · 2017-02-05
    • PaulGrogan · Community · 2017-02-05
    • wimble · Community · 2017-11-09
    • Daemon6 · Community · 2017-11-09

    No — conditions from the attack land after the damage, so only conditions the target already had count (including for Perverse Edge with a Poison Dagger).

    Can the Mindthief have two augments active at the same time?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Snooches · Community · 2017-06-13
    • wimble · Community · 2017-06-13
    • ecm85 · Community · 2017-06-09

    No — when a new augment comes into play, the previous one is discarded. Other kinds of active cards can be in play together.

    When the Mindthief controls a monster with a summon ability, must it summon?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Dexter345 · Community · 2019-10-18
    • masterzora · Community · 2019-10-18

    Yes — the controlled actions are still the monster's own, and monsters always perform what they can.

    Where must I be to disarm a trap with an ability like the Scoundrel's Thief's Knack?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • rmsgrey · Community · 2020-10-21
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-10-21

    Wherever the card says — Thief's Knack disarms one adjacent trap, so you must be next to it.

    When a Mindthief card lets an ally attack, when does it happen and whose deck is used?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Neophyte · Community · 2019-05-21
    • tman121 · Community · 2019-05-21
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-03-10
    • P0isson · Community · 2017-03-10

    Right away during the Mindthief's turn, using the ally's own modifier deck; the ally chooses how to perform it.

    Can I use only the invisibility on Smoke Bomb's top action and discard the card?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • JuiceBoxx 26 · Community · 2020-07-13
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-07-13
    • DMountford · Community · 2017-12-14
    • Dexter345 · Community · 2017-12-14
    • daimpi · Community · 2018-10-21
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-10-21

    No — using any part of an action with the lost icon loses the card.

    Can a monster turned into an ally, like with Hostile Takeover, loot a treasure tile, and do I control it?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • csouth154 · Community · 2018-09-12
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-09-12
    • uthbees · Community · 2019-12-21
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2019-12-21
    • frekol · Community · 2019-12-22
    • aflorin · Community · 2019-12-23

    No to both — it still follows monster AI, treating its allies as enemies, and monster loot never picks up treasure.

    Does a Target 2 attack use one or two charges of the Scoundrel's Single Out?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-11-08
    • nicktenny · Community · 2020-04-22
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-04-22
    • DakonBlackblade · Community · 2017-12-29
    • Mishenka · Community · 2017-12-29
    • elayeth · Community · 2017-11-08disagrees

    Two, as long as both targets qualify — each target is a separate attack. A Null still uses the charge, since it's spent when the attack is made.

    Can the Scoundrel's Pain's End kill a boss at 3 or fewer hit points?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • PhilGreenfly · Community · 2018-03-29
    • Blacklanner · Community · 2018-03-29

    Yes — it doesn't restrict the enemy type, so any adjacent enemy at that threshold dies.

    Class Abilities: Beast Tyrant and Doomstalker

    Is the Beast Tyrant's bear a summon for items, effects and exhaustion?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2018-01-03
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-01-03
    • eliodoloro · Community · 2020-06-08
    • ff2happy · Community · 2020-06-08
    • fizolof · Community · 2020-05-02
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-05-02

    Yes — the bear is a summon in every respect. Effects that boost summons apply to it, it follows normal summon AI, it can't loot or use items, and it is removed if the Beast Tyrant becomes exhausted.

    Does the Beast Tyrant's bear act in the first round, and before other summons?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Dubbie · Community · 2018-10-16
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-10-16
    • Takenokojon · Community · 2018-04-28
    • dbaker · Community · 2018-04-29
    • mhl7 · Community · 2021-01-12
    • Jack Spirio · Community · 2021-01-12

    Yes — the bear is placed during setup, so it acts from round one. As the first summon on the board it acts before the Beast Tyrant's other summons and is focused on first when equally close.

    Can the Beast Tyrant use a card's basic Attack 2 or Move 2 to command the bear?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • oughgh · Community · 2021-01-08
    • Jack Spirio · Community · 2021-01-08
    • mfaulk80 · Community · 2018-01-12
    • ribsies · Community · 2018-01-12
    • Uberdemnebelmeer · Community · 2017-12-03

    No — the basic Attack 2 and Move 2 are performed by the Beast Tyrant himself, never by a summon.

    Does a Doom count as a negative condition?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • stormzbowler · Community · 2018-01-19
    • ribsies · Community · 2018-01-20
    • Slow Dog · Community · 2018-11-09

    No — Doom isn't one of the conditions defined in the rules, so effects that count or prevent negative conditions ignore it.

    When do the Doomstalker's on-death Doom effects resolve during a multi-target attack?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-12-16
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-04-07
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-04-07
    • Otherish · Community · 2018-04-07disagrees

    Immediately when the monster dies, before any later targets of the attack are resolved. If two death effects trigger on the same monster, you choose their order.

    Does the Doomstalker get kill credit when Doom damage kills an enemy outside his turn?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-30
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-04-02
    • Slow Dog · Community · 2019-06-11
    • nfelddav · Community · 2019-06-11
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2019-06-12
    • mhl7 · Community · 2018-02-27

    Yes — the damage comes from the Doomstalker's own active card, so the kill is his, unlike Wound damage.

    How does the Beast Tyrant's Concentrated Rage work?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-05
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-04-18
    • Chrisboote · Community · 2025-04-09
    • hooliganj · Community · 2025-04-09
    • jkglife · Community · 2021-02-21
    • RyanH · Community · 2017-03-30

    You give up your whole top (or bottom) action for the turn to give the bear the bonus for the round; you then use either card for your remaining action. You can trigger it any time before the bear acts.

    Can the Beast Tyrant's Disorienting Roar affect enemies, and does it deal damage?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • RepublicLifeHuman · Community · 2018-02-18
    • dstinard · Community · 2019-12-29
    • a1bert · Community · 2019-12-29
    • Jack Spirio · Community · 2019-12-29
    • mhl7 · Community · 2018-10-24
    • m_ender · Community · 2018-10-24

    It can affect any figures, enemies included, but with no Attack listed it only applies its effects and deals no attack damage.

    Who controls the bear when the Beast Tyrant uses a Command ability?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-03-25
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-21
    • fllicker · Community · 2017-02-28
    • albcann · Community · 2018-11-09
    • Scooters76 · Community · 2018-11-09

    You do — a commanded action is performed by the bear with you controlling it, and it can be performed out of your line of sight. On its own turn the bear otherwise follows normal summon AI.

    Can the Doomstalker place a Doom on an invisible monster, an obstacle or an objective?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-29
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-14
    • Ganashal · Community · 2021-06-16
    • LAMBOVENENO · Community · 2021-07-05
    • squegeeboo · Community · 2019-05-13
    • Matt620 · Community · 2018-12-10disagrees

    On an invisible monster, yes — placing a Doom isn't targeted. On obstacles, objectives or altars, no: the designer ruled they can't be Doomed.

    Can the Doomstalker have Dooms on two different enemies at once?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-10-04
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-04-04
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-04-04
    • DeS_Tructive · Community · 2018-07-01
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-07-01
    • mhl7 · Community · 2018-02-06

    No — Dooms can only be on one enemy at a time, so playing a new Doom moves the old ones (and their tokens) to the new target, unless a card says otherwise.

    Can an Add Target modifier let the Doomstalker hit a non-Doomed enemy with an attack that targets a Doomed enemy?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-06-26
    • Crazysmurf91 · Community · 2017-06-26
    • a1bert · Community · 2019-11-17
    • Slow Dog · Community · 2019-11-17

    No — the added target must also meet the attack's targeting requirement, so it has to be another Doomed enemy.

    How does the Doomstalker's Inescapable Fate work?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-07-31
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2021-04-13
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2019-07-17
    • mhl7 · Community · 2018-02-06
    • Soqpoopay · Community · 2018-02-06

    It's a persistent Doom with no end condition, so it stays until the target dies or you move it; the round tracker resets whenever the Doom moves to a new enemy, and the kill comes when the track is complete.

    Can the Beast Tyrant use a Command action on himself instead of the bear?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2018-12-11
    • SteoanK · Community · 2018-04-16
    • albcann · Community · 2018-04-16
    • SnarksandBoojums · Community · 2019-04-08

    No — Command abilities are performed only by the bear. The Tyrant can still use those card halves as a basic Attack 2 or Move 2.

    Do the Beast Tyrant's swap abilities need range or line of sight?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • ribsies · Community · 2018-01-09
    • Johnnymaxx · Community · 2019-06-15
    • demax51 · Community · 2019-06-15
    • spllr · Community · 2019-02-24

    No — abilities that affect figures without a Target or Range requirement need neither, so they can swap any two revealed figures that aren't immune to forced movement.

    Can the Beast Tyrant remove the bear from play, and do its conditions wear off before his turn?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-08-28
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-28
    • longlivesquare · Community · 2017-08-27

    The bear can't be dismissed — it doesn't come from an ability card. Its conditions wear off at the end of its own turn, which comes just before the Tyrant's.

    Can the Sawbones' Booster Shot give its shield to a summon like the Beast Tyrant's bear?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-05

    No — it can only target characters, and a summon isn't a character.

    How does the Beast Tyrant's Borrowed Essence work?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2019.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2019-07-29
    • mrjcfoster · Community · 2018-04-18
    • Robyrt · Community · 2018-04-18
    • GameAllDay · Community · 2020-06-24
    • klawton · Community · 2020-06-24

    On your turn you rearrange damage already taken by you and your summons; you can't give a figure more than would kill it. Moving damage isn't suffering damage, so it doesn't break Regenerate or let you lose cards to negate it.

    Does the Beast Tyrant gain XP from a command if the bear only moves or only pushes?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • runtsta · Community · 2018-07-02
    • frekol · Community · 2018-07-02

    Yes — performing any part of the commanded ability earns the XP.

    Can Spirit Swap trade a flying monster over an obstacle with a non-flying monster?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • frekol · Community · 2020-06-07
    • squegeeboo · Community · 2020-06-08

    No — swaps follow teleport rules, so each figure's destination must be a hex it could legally occupy.

    With the Doomstalker's Expose, does a multi-target attack get advantage on every target?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • tal342 · Community · 2018-07-31
    • hooliganj · Community · 2018-07-31
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2019-08-11
    • NevoGamer · Community · 2019-08-12

    No — only attacks against the Doomed enemy get it, since each target is a separate attack.

    Class Abilities: Other Unlockable Classes

    Can the Plagueherald poison an ally who is immune to Poison to get the card's bonus?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-20
    • wildinferno · Community · 2017-04-18
    • Slow Dog · Community · 2019-09-18
    • Chris Coyote · Community · 2018-02-24
    • ribsies · Community · 2018-02-24
    • ManWithBirdLikeWing · Community · 2017-03-22

    No — a figure immune to a negative condition can't be given it, so the Plagueherald can't poison that ally or gain the benefits of poisoning them.

    Can the Sawbones give a Medical Pack or Booster Shot to a summon, or use one himself?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-06-13
    • Felz · Community · 2017-06-14
    • baldeaglemeat · Community · 2019-09-24
    • Elfenhair · Community · 2024-03-20
    • PromptEos · Community · 2018-05-29
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2019-09-24disagrees

    No — summons have no hand or active area, so they can't receive these cards, and Medical Packs are given to allies rather than used by the Sawbones. If the Sawbones exhausts, an ally keeps a card already given to them.

    What does the Nightshroud's Empowering Void double?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2018-05-23
    • Ghost6Fire · Community · 2018-05-21
    • tsuruki23 · Community · 2018-03-31
    • swheelock · Community · 2018-03-31
    • Xaqery · Community · 2018-05-21disagrees
    • PhilGreenfly · Community · 2019-01-21disagrees

    Only the printed value of the main-line Attack abilities on the card, not bonuses from modifiers, items or persistent effects. Its move bonus can be used without performing the attack.

    Do the Sawbones' Medical Pack cards count against hand size, and can they be lost in a rest?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-03-07
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-28
    • nerman8r · Community · 2020-09-27
    • Trondster · Community · 2020-09-27
    • ribsies · Community · 2018-01-24

    No — they sit in a separate supply, not your hand, and never enter your discard pile, so they can't be lost to rests or other effects.

    When can the Plagueherald use Willing Sacrifice during a move action?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • klawton · Community · 2020-05-29
    • oughgh · Community · 2020-05-29
    • Dexter345 · Community · 2019-02-13
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-04-13
    • benmartell · Community · 2020-05-29disagrees

    At any point during an action containing a move, including one granted by another card or item, since that move action is yours.

    When Sawbones' Prep for Surgery turns an attack into a heal, do I draw a modifier, and what range does it have?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-10-11
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2021-04-27
    • Jack Spirio · Community · 2021-04-27
    • DobbelB · Community · 2026-10-09
    • mhl7 · Community · 2021-04-11
    • Chris Coyote · Community · 2017-10-09disagrees

    No modifier is drawn — the attack is replaced by a heal before it's performed. Abilities with a stated range keep it, otherwise the heal is self or adjacent as the FAQ describes, and top and bottom convert separately.

    Does the Sunkeeper's Lay on Hands heal an ally to full?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-14
    • GameAllDay · Community · 2019-10-15
    • alrp · Community · 2019-10-15

    Yes — it heals all of the adjacent ally's damage, up to their maximum hit points.

    Does the Summoner's Negative Energy curse enemies adjacent to all your summons or just one?

    Players disagree; this is the better-supported reading, with no official ruling.

    • aflorin · Community · 2020-09-06
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2022-11-06
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2022-11-06
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-07-30disagrees
    • AoiTori · Community · 2020-07-30disagrees

    Just one — per the designer and the FAQ errata, pick one of your summoned allies and the effect applies to enemies adjacent to it.

    On Careless Charge, must I wound myself to attack, and does Wound immunity let me skip the cost?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2018-06-06
    • Madmullet · Community · 2020-10-09
    • alecm88 · Community · 2018-06-05
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2021-01-24
    • Ganashal · Community · 2021-01-24

    No — the self-wound is the price of adding the bonus effects; skip it and you just skip the bonus. Under the later ruling, you can pay it even while immune to Wound, but at least one figure must actually be wounded to get the bonus.

    Does the Sawbones' Hand of the Surgeon affect allies adjacent to me or to the heal's target?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • squegeeboo · Community · 2019-02-24
    • Ogral · Community · 2020-05-25

    Allies adjacent to you — your heals that round also heal you and your adjacent allies; it doesn't let allies perform heals themselves.

    Are the secondary attacks from Chain Lightning ranged, and do bonuses apply to each?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Cthonctic · Community · 2026-10-21
    • Madmullet · Community · 2026-10-21
    • Slow Dog · Community · 2019-01-23

    Yes — the whole attack ability has a range, so every attack in the chain is ranged, and bonuses to the ability (like consuming an element) apply to each attack.

    Does the Summoner's Living Night summon two separate Shadow Wolves?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-10-28
    • masterzora · Community · 2017-12-28

    Yes — place two summon tokens of the same colour with different numbers; each wolf uses the card's stats.

    Does the Sunkeeper's Scales of Justice bottom action stun one adjacent enemy or all of them, and does it need Light?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • nekrodamus · Community · 2024-08-06
    • Elfenhair · Community · 2024-08-06
    • alphasquid · Community · 2017-05-03

    One — the English card stuns a single adjacent enemy, and the Stun is its own line, so only the bonus needs Light consumed.

    Can an ability commanding "two summoned allies" make the same summon act twice?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Ganashal · Community · 2022-11-21
    • a1bert · Community · 2022-11-21
    • aflorin · Community · 2018-08-01
    • Robyrt · Community · 2018-06-26

    No — it means up to two different summons.

    With an effect granting "all the benefits of a long rest" on a short rest, do I choose the card to lose?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • ribsies · Community · 2018-02-20
    • kornetmuse · Community · 2018-02-20
    • nmnighteyes · Community · 2018-03-25

    Yes — the rest becomes a long rest in every respect, so you choose which discarded card to lose.

    Do effects that modify melee attacks apply to kill abilities like Do No Harm or Spirit of the Night?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2021.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2021-02-16
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2018-02-09
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-07-08
    • Jack Spirio · Community · 2020-01-20
    • a1bert · Community · 2019-05-12
    • redhexapus · Community · 2018-12-26disagrees

    No — a kill ability isn't an attack, so melee-attack modifiers and items such as Long Spear, Battle Axe or Add Target don't affect it. Once you consume the elements to turn an attack into a kill, the whole attack becomes a kill effect.

    How does the Elementalist's Doppelganger summon work?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • mhl7 · Community · 2020-04-24
    • GameAllDay · Community · 2020-04-24
    • Slow Dog · Community · 2019-04-09
    • scooph81 · Community · 2019-04-09

    It has no attack, so on its own turn it only moves as if it had a melee attack; its value is in the abilities that use its position.

    Does the Berserker's Spiked Armor increase Retaliate from items or allies?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • swgbabel · Community · 2018-05-07
    • spiralingcadaver · Community · 2018-05-07
    • 5hrike · Community · 2018-11-17
    • Eragem · Community · 2018-11-18
    • Trantor42 · Community · 2018-01-28

    Yes — it boosts any Retaliate your character has, whatever its source.

    Which items trigger the Quartermaster's Proficiency bonus?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-12
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-03-12
    • CrashTestDummy · Community · 2019-12-31
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-04-12
    • pmduguay · Community · 2020-04-12
    • mhl7 · Community · 2020-12-02

    Any item used during the attack action — items that affect attacks or movement within it, including "during your turn" items. A potion used as its own action separately doesn't, and Proficiency can't be enhanced for +Attack.

    Must the Sawbones' Triage heal every turn, even when no one needs it?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-02

    Yes — with no condition written, the persistent heal is performed each time, using its charges.

    Does an ability like Curative Mixture (heal plus remove negative conditions) restore hit points on a poisoned target?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-12-04
    • mechenique · Community · 2017-12-04

    No — it resolves top to bottom, so the heal first removes the Poison with no healing, and then the other conditions are removed.

    If I prevent the self-damage cost of Numb the Pain, do I still get the shield and XP?

    Players report the later ruling; no official post on this exact point is cited.

    • Ganashal · Community · 2021-01-23
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2021-01-23

    Yes — players report that the official ruling was changed so that an effect whose cost is suffering damage still works when that damage is prevented.

    When does the Soothsinger gain XP from an active song?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • xvatat · Community · 2020-03-30
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-03-30

    At the start of each of your turns while the song is in play, not on the turn you play it.

    When a Summoner card makes all summons in range act under my control, who chooses the order?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Jack Spirio · Community · 2022-01-05
    • a1bert · Community · 2022-01-05

    You do — the summons aren't taking their own activation, so you pick the order.

    Does the Nightshroud's Claws of the Night use a charge on an invisible move with no enemy to attack?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • a1bert · Community · 2021-08-25
    • Jack Spirio · Community · 2021-08-25
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2021-08-25

    Yes — the charge is used whenever you perform a move while invisible.

    Does a character get kill credit when a persistent damage effect like Baneful Hex kills an enemy?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • a1bert · Community · 2021-02-27
    • aflorin · Community · 2021-02-28
    • Jack Spirio · Community · 2020-04-27
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2020-04-27

    Yes — the kill comes from the character's ability, just like Retaliate.

    Does a conditional bonus like Fresh Kill (+2 if undamaged) work against an undamaged obstacle with hit points?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-10-07
    • Madmullet · Community · 2020-05-05
    • Slow Dog · Community · 2020-05-05
    • aflorin · Community · 2020-05-05

    Yes — an obstacle with hit points is a valid target, and if it is undamaged it meets the condition.

    With the Berserker's Strength in Agony, can I take the damage partway through the move?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Nicholas M · Community · 2018-04-21
    • PhilGreenfly · Community · 2018-04-21

    No — effects resolve in printed order, so you decide how much damage to take before the move.

    With the Sunkeeper's Defensive Stance -1 move, can I still enter difficult terrain?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Robyrt · Community · 2018-03-06
    • Dexter345 · Community · 2018-03-06
    • mhl7 · Community · 2018-03-06

    Only if you have 2 movement left — difficult terrain always costs 2, and the penalty isn't rounded.

    Does Eternal Equilibrium's Retaliate and Shield go to the healed target or the caster?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Dexter345 · Community · 2018-05-03
    • Robyrt · Community · 2018-05-03
    • meziemer · Community · 2018-05-03
    • alecm88 · Community · 2018-04-27

    To the heal's target — they sit under the heal and apply to whoever it affects.

    Does the Berserker's Unbridled Power heal repeat every turn?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Chris Coyote · Community · 2019-12-24
    • meziemer · Community · 2019-12-24

    No — the heal happens once when played; only the raised maximum hit points persist.

    Does the Nightshroud's Empowering Void double attacks made outside my own turn?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Xaqery · Community · 2018-08-22
    • alecm88 · Community · 2018-08-23

    No — it lasts only until the end of your turn.

    With the Sawbones' Teamwork, how many cards does each of us recover, and does it work with no adjacent allies?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • demoss1 · Community · 2019-08-21
    • Jack Spirio · Community · 2019-08-21
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2020-06-29
    • klawton · Community · 2020-06-29

    You and each adjacent ally may recover up to the listed number of discarded cards; it still works with no allies adjacent, recovering only your own.

    Does the Sawbones' Hand of the Surgeon boost heals from medical packs?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2020.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2020-04-18
    • Slow Dog · Community · 2019-03-30
    • Uninvited Guest · Community · 2019-03-30

    No — handing out a med pack isn't a heal action, and the ally's later use isn't the Sawbones' heal.

    What is the yellow element with a red X on Sunkeeper cards?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • SlawoS · Community · 2018-06-12
    • Dexter345 · Community · 2018-06-12

    It's Light with the consume symbol — consume Light to get the bonus.

    Can the Quartermaster loop item refreshes with a Stamina Potion to recover the refreshing card?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • jlajkosz · Community · 2020-12-30
    • mhl7 · Community · 2020-12-30
    • albcann · Community · 2017-09-23
    • stormzbowler · Community · 2017-09-25

    Yes, that loop is legal — it costs tempo, since you spend actions on it.

    Does a "Strengthen Self" after an attack on the same card (like Brain Leech) apply to that attack?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • da5idt · Community · 2017-04-06
    • thomast8991 · Community · 2017-04-06

    No — effects resolve in order, so you're strengthened only after that attack.

    Does Resolute Stand use your current maximum hit points or the level 9 maximum?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Eyegleam · Community · 2017-08-16
    • Opticus · Community · 2017-08-16

    Your current maximum for your present level.

    Items

    Can I drink a healing potion before wound damage at the start of my turn, or between two attacks of one card?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-04-07
    • aflorin · Community · 2018-04-10
    • gabrielrockman1 · Community · 2018-04-05
    • mccrispy · Community · 2018-04-07
    • Othy0 · Community · 2018-04-05disagrees
    • Slow Dog · Community · 2019-02-13disagrees

    No to both — wound damage happens at the start of your turn before you can use items, and a potion can't interrupt an ability in progress.

    Is the extra action from a Ring of Haste-style item at the end of my turn still part of my turn?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-07-14
    • TrangVP · Community · 2017-07-13
    • Madmullet · Community · 2020-05-22
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-05-22

    Yes — it happens before your turn ends, so it counts for anything that applies during your turn (and end-of-turn bonuses still apply to it). You still can't consume elements you infused earlier that turn.

    Can a Stamina Potion recover lost cards or the cards I just played?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-06-07
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-26
    • Garou · Community · 2017-02-27
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-11-16
    • OedipussyRex · Community · 2020-11-25disagrees
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2020-11-25disagrees

    It recovers only discarded cards, never lost ones. Cards you played this turn count once they're resolved, so you can drink it after playing both cards to get them back; a card in your active area can be recovered only if it would go to the discard pile.

    Can a character own two copies of the same item?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-28
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Item Cards
    • Madmullet · Community · 2018-12-05
    • ShinyFirefly · Community · 2018-02-10
    • thebaker1983 · Community · 2018-02-10
    • csouth154 · Community · 2018-11-09

    No — no character can own more than one copy of any item. Two characters in the same party can't both own an item unless there are enough copies of its card.

    Can I use an item I loot from a treasure chest during the same scenario?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2016.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2016-11-03
    • wharle · Community · 2017-02-16
    • soakman · Community · 2017-02-16
    • nancynm · Community · 2017-02-16
    • HuckgirlN · Community · 2017-02-16
    • Annowme · Community · 2017-02-16disagrees

    No — items can only be equipped between scenarios, so an item looted from a chest goes to the looter but can first be equipped in the next scenario.

    Do item bonuses apply to every target of a multi-target attack?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-12-28
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-12-08
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-11-06
    • DakonBlackblade · Community · 2017-12-28
    • perer005 · Community · 2017-11-17
    • DobbelB · Community · 2017-11-17

    It depends on the wording. Items that boost an "attack action", like the Power Potion or War Hammer, apply to every attack on that card half; items worded for a single attack, like the Poison Dagger, apply to just one target.

    Do Eagle-Eye Goggles give advantage to both of my attack actions, and when do I decide?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • jkglife · Community · 2018-08-11
    • Stomski · Community · 2018-08-12
    • Jlerpy · Community · 2020-09-21
    • Charian · Community · 2019-08-26
    • demoss1 · Community · 2019-08-27
    • a1bert · Community · 2021-01-05

    One attack action — every attack on that card half, but not the other card's attacks. You must use them before drawing the modifier, and they cancel out with any disadvantage.

    Can summons use my items, and do my attack items boost my summons' or bear's attacks?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-05-03
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-11
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-08
    • Cogitor · Community · 2018-03-01
    • ribsies · Community · 2018-03-01
    • Jittle · Community · 2019-05-14

    No — summons can't use items, and items that boost your attacks (Power Potion, weapons) don't affect attacks made by your summons, including commanded attacks by the Beast Tyrant's bear.

    Can I use items outside my own turn?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-12-11
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-12-11
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-12-08
    • da5idt · Community · 2017-04-12
    • Buckets · Community · 2017-04-12disagrees
    • aflorin · Community · 2017-12-11disagrees

    Items that say "on your turn" can only be used during your turn, or during an action you take outside your turn when the item's wording allows (for example an "on your attack" item when another player grants you an attack). Items that react to something, like armor when you're attacked, are used when that happens.

    Can I refresh a summoning item like the Ring of Skulls to have two of its summons out?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-12-24
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-12-24
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-06
    • aflorin · Community · 2017-12-24
    • P0isson · Community · 2017-04-06
    • aflorin · Community · 2017-12-22disagrees

    No — the item works like an active summon card. Refreshing it ends the existing summon, so you never have two at once.

    Can I use an item in the middle of a move?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-27
    • Robinoost · Community · 2018-02-26
    • mhl7 · Community · 2018-02-26
    • frekol · Community · 2019-05-28
    • GiantOctopodes · Community · 2019-05-28
    • Valenso · Community · 2017-02-27disagrees

    Yes — using an item isn't an action, so it can be done at any time its own text allows, including partway through a move. Items that grant their own action (like the Doomed Compass) are used before, between or after your abilities instead.

    Can I use an item, refresh it with another effect, and use it again in the same turn or attack?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-11-17
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-03-27
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-03-27
    • TootyBonture · Community · 2017-03-27
    • beigemore · Community · 2017-07-16disagrees
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-02-22disagrees

    Yes — items have no timing limits beyond their own text, so an item you refresh can be used again in the same turn, even twice in the same action, if you refresh it in between.

    Can abilities that refresh small items refresh a head or body item like the Pendant of Dark Pacts?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-06-11
    • a1bert · Community · 2022-04-24
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2019-07-07
    • Charian · Community · 2020-12-07
    • masterzora · Community · 2019-07-11

    No — effects showing the small-item symbol only refresh small items, and they refresh consumed items only if the text says so. The updated Utility Belt can't be refreshed at all.

    When do I use armor like Leather Armor or Heater Shield, and is it optional?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-11-23
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-11-23
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2016-12-17
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-11-22superseded
    • flangust · Community · 2020-04-01disagrees
    • P0isson · Community · 2017-03-11disagrees

    Spent or consumed items without charges are optional: decide before the attacker draws its modifier, and they apply to that one attack. Items with use circles, like Hide Armor, are active from the start and must be used whenever they trigger.

    Does a long rest refresh an item that still has charges left?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-11-17
    • Stryker1979 · Community · 2017-11-17
    • ecm85 · Community · 2017-10-17
    • CrushU · Community · 2017-10-17
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-02-28
    • Von Strubel · Community · 2017-12-11

    No — an item with use circles only becomes spent once its last charge is used; only then can it be refreshed, getting all its charges back.

    Are consumed items lost permanently?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-12-29
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-12-29
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2015-09-07
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Item Cards
    • a1bert · Community · 2021-05-21
    • Ildirinam · Community · 2021-05-21

    No — all items refresh at the end of every scenario. Consumed items just can't be used again in that scenario unless an ability refreshes them; only specific scenario effects ever remove an item for good.

    Do Winged Shoes or Boots of Striding apply to every move on my turn?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-11-27
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-06-25
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-14
    • Doomburrito · Community · 2017-06-25
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-06-26
    • SilentMix · Community · 2019-03-18

    No — they boost a single move ability (keeping its Jump or other effects), then are spent. Boots of Striding add +2 to an existing move rather than granting a separate Move 2.

    How many items can I own versus bring into a scenario?

    The rulebook's "Item Cards" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Item Cards
    • Ogral · Community · 2020-10-24
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-10-24
    • Deverash · Community · 2017-02-18
    • yars · Community · 2017-02-18
    • Kiedryn · Community · 2017-12-08

    You can own any number of items (one copy of each) and swap them between scenarios; the slot limits — including small items equal to half your level, rounded up — only apply to what you equip.

    Can I use items while stunned?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-11-23
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-11-23
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Conditions
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-11-22superseded
    • Slow Dog · Community · 2018-11-22
    • aflorin · Community · 2018-11-22

    No — a stunned character can't use items, including activated defensive items like Heater Shield, unless the item says otherwise.

    Can I give a potion or other item to another character?

    The rulebook's "Visiting Gloomhaven" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Visiting Gloomhaven
    • philmcd · Community · 2017-02-20
    • nom_ · Community · 2017-02-20

    No — characters can't trade or give items or gold to each other.

    Can I use both a Ring of Haste and a Ring of Brutality in the same turn?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • TemujinNC · Community · 2019-01-08
    • Eragem · Community · 2019-01-08
    • COWmabelode · Community · 2020-04-19
    • Madmullet · Community · 2021-05-24
    • Ganashal · Community · 2021-05-24

    Yes — resolve one, then the other; each grants its own extra play.

    How does the Flea-Bitten Shawl affect monster focus and my summons?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2018-11-06
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-22
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2018-11-05superseded
    • tlh1138 · Community · 2021-08-12disagrees
    • icelock · Community · 2017-03-28disagrees

    It changes only how monsters treat your initiative when focusing: between a character wearing the shawl and a long-resting character, a monster focuses on the shawl wearer. The shawl's effect is always on and can't be switched off.

    Can single-target items like the Battle Axe or Long Spear be used on an action with two attack lines, or an area attack that hits one enemy?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-08-27
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-08-27
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2018-02-18
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2017-12-28
    • TheP · Community · 2017-12-28disagrees
    • csouth154 · Community · 2018-11-04disagrees

    No — an attack action that could target more than one enemy as written, including one with several attack lines or an area pattern, isn't single-target. If another effect adds targets later, you choose the order in which to apply them, so the item can go first.

    If Volatile Bomb or another item adds targets, do all targets get the attack's conditions?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-04-07
    • FlyingDadBomb · Community · 2018-04-07
    • oughgh · Community · 2020-06-16
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2020-06-16
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-04-06
    • mhl7 · Community · 2020-04-06

    Yes — every target gets all the conditions and effects attached to the attack.

    Do items like Necklace of Teeth trigger when my summon kills an enemy?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2020.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-02-24
    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-08-22
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-09-13
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2020-09-13
    • DaviddesJ · Community · 2017-08-06
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-02-24disagrees

    Only on your turn — summon kills on the summon's own turn aren't yours for items. Each kill gives its own separate heal.

    When can Boots of Speed be used?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • HitomiKojiru · Community · 2020-06-22
    • Trondster · Community · 2020-06-22
    • m_ender · Community · 2018-10-12

    At the beginning of the round, after all cards (including monster cards) are revealed — not later when a room is revealed.

    Can a flying character (e.g. with Boots of Levitation) choose to trigger a trap or a pressure plate?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-07-01
    • Xaqery · Community · 2018-07-30
    • aflorin · Community · 2018-07-30
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2019-02-22
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2019-02-27
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2019-02-22disagrees

    A flying figure can never spring traps, and equipped passive effects can't be turned off. Flying doesn't matter for pressure plates, which trigger by occupying them.

    Does the Second Chance Ring give my summons another turn too?

    Players disagree; this is the better-supported reading, with no official ruling.

    • a1bert · Community · 2020-12-02
    • jkglife · Community · 2020-12-01
    • tlh1138 · Community · 2020-12-02disagrees

    No — every figure, summons included, gets only one turn per round.

    Does an item that adds range apply to every range value in an attack like Chain Lightning?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-06-12
    • alecm88 · Community · 2018-05-31
    • PhilGreenfly · Community · 2018-06-01
    • Tabletop_Tavern · Community · 2018-09-07

    Yes — it adds to every instance of range in that attack ability.

    Why do some item cards say 2/2 when only one copy is in the shop?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Jack Spirio · Community · 2018-11-29
    • porkupine · Community · 2018-11-29
    • VictimEN · Community · 2018-01-27
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-01-27

    The other copy is in the random item design deck; drawing it adds that copy to the supply.

    How does a healing potion's heal work?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-12-05
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-16
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-14

    Exactly like "Heal X, Self" — it removes Poison and Wound like any heal, and counts as a heal action for effects that boost heals.

    Can I use two items on one attack?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-03
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-18
    • nancynm · Community · 2017-03-03
    • Ravendas · Community · 2017-02-22
    • P0isson · Community · 2017-02-22

    Yes — you can combine any number of applicable items, such as two one-handed weapons or two potions, on the same attack ability.

    If I'm stunned by a trap mid-turn, can a cure potion remove it so I keep acting?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-30
    • aflorin · Community · 2017-04-29

    Yes, if the item can be used then — items can be used at any time during your turn when their conditions are met.

    Should players look at item cards that aren't unlocked yet?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-01-05

    No — keep the items that aren't available yet in a separate deck. They are numbered on the back, so you can find one without seeing it, and the game tells you when to move them into the available deck.

    How does the Horned Helm's bonus work — does moving farther give more, and can I move in circles to trigger it?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-01
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-28
    • Madmullet · Community · 2019-05-01
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2019-05-02
    • Opticus · Community · 2017-05-30
    • alphasquid · Community · 2017-05-30

    After moving the required hexes on your turn you get +1 on a single melee attack that turn; moving farther doesn't add more, it doesn't carry over, and any qualifying movement counts, even back and forth.

    How does the Iron Helmet work — must I use it before the modifier is drawn?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-07-15
    • nicktenny · Community · 2018-08-08
    • Game Knight · Community · 2018-08-08
    • Madmullet · Community · 2020-04-13
    • fs1987 · Community · 2020-04-13
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2019-04-21

    It's a passive effect for the whole scenario that applies automatically whenever its condition is met; you can't choose to skip it, and there's no timing decision.

    Can I use the Battle-Axe on a single-target melee attack when there's no second enemy, and how does its pattern work?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • andreo888 · Community · 2026-01-17
    • hooliganj · Community · 2026-01-18
    • squegeeboo · Community · 2022-10-19
    • Ganashal · Community · 2022-10-20
    • RevLoki · Community · 2018-11-12
    • Slow Dog · Community · 2018-11-12

    Yes — it only requires a single-target melee attack. It replaces the attack's targeting with exactly its pattern, and element bonuses or effects on the whole attack apply to both targets, while single-attack items affect only one.

    Do Heavy Greaves stop push and pull from monster attacks?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • mhl7 · Community · 2020-09-22
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-09-22

    Yes — they make you immune to forced movement from enemies.

    When does Steel Sabatons' shield take effect?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • a1bert · Community · 2023-03-20
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-03-20
    • Eragem · Community · 2019-08-26

    Only once you have finished moving 1 hex or fewer on your turn; it doesn't protect you before your turn. Players read it as lasting from then until the end of the round.

    What does the Halberd do?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • JimA759 · Community · 2020-05-25
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-05-25

    It lets your single-target melee attacks hit an enemy up to two hexes away instead of only adjacent.

    Does the Cloak of Pockets let you carry two extra small items, and when is it used?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Lunatic Calm · Community · 2017-12-10
    • GenesisLayana · Community · 2017-12-10

    It lets you carry up to two additional small items, and as a passive item it counts as used at the start of the scenario.

    Does an item that triggers when you kill with an attack, like the Reaping Scythe, trigger on a kill ability?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Madmullet · Community · 2021-04-16
    • artox · Community · 2021-04-16

    No — kill abilities aren't attacks, so attack-triggered items don't fire.

    Does the Heater Shield or Hide Armor trigger if an attack against me already deals 0 damage?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • alphasquid · Community · 2017-04-18
    • SaintHax · Community · 2017-04-18
    • Madmullet · Community · 2019-03-08
    • dkarl · Community · 2019-03-08
    • wildinferno · Community · 2017-05-09
    • vardamir · Community · 2017-05-09

    No — with no damage to reduce there's nothing to trigger, so no charge or use is spent.

    Can the Scroll of Power be used outside my turn, and can two players add both scrolls to one attack?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2018-07-15
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-07-15

    Yes to both — the item explicitly works during an ally's attack.

    Can the Dampening Ring be used outside my turn?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • rmsgrey · Community · 2020-01-31
    • CrashTestDummy · Community · 2020-01-31

    Yes — it's a reaction to an enemy, used right before the enemy's ability.

    Can Boots of Speed change initiative by less than the printed amount?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-02-26
    • ddturnerphd · Community · 2020-02-26

    No — they adjust initiative by exactly the printed amount.

    What do the -1 icons at the bottom of items like Hide Armor mean, and where do those cards come from?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • ManWithBirdLikeWing · Community · 2017-02-09
    • fllicker · Community · 2017-02-09
    • squegeeboo · Community · 2019-06-10
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2019-06-10
    • 007quick · Community · 2018-09-26
    • csouth154 · Community · 2018-09-26

    Each icon adds a -1 card to your attack modifier deck while the item is equipped for a scenario; take them from the supply kept with the Bless and Curse cards. The "ignore negative item effects" perk removes them.

    Do I need a melee or ranged weapon equipped to make attacks?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • squegeeboo · Community · 2019-04-17
    • Jack Spirio · Community · 2019-04-17

    No — ability cards don't need weapons; items only add bonuses.

    Can I use a potion or item after my end-of-turn effects resolve?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • aflorin · Community · 2018-04-10
    • RemiBureau · Community · 2017-05-13
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-01-11
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-01-11

    No — per the FAQ, items can't be used after end-of-turn effects; use them before your turn ends. A Ring of Haste can only be used at that single end-of-turn moment.

    Does using an item "as an action", like a healing potion, replace my top or bottom action, and can it interrupt one?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Jack Spirio · Community · 2020-03-09
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-03-09
    • Harryp19 · Community · 2021-11-12
    • demoss1 · Community · 2020-03-09
    • theCrabbyDice · Community · 2020-03-09
    • Slow Dog · Community · 2019-02-13disagrees

    It's used in addition to your two actions, but it can't be used in the middle of an ability card action.

    If my move ends on a door, can I use Boots of Striding after the room is revealed to keep moving?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Charian · Community · 2019-08-19
    • jeffwolfe · Community · 2019-08-19
    • jkglife · Community · 2019-08-19
    • Von Strubel · Community · 2018-01-24
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-01-25

    Yes — opening a door only pauses your move, and the boots can be used partway through it.

    Was the Stamina Potion nerfed in the English edition?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-07-03
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-07-03
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-11-28

    No — some translations changed the number of cards it recovers; use what your printed card says.

    Monster Stats and Ability Cards

    Do flying monsters always fly, or only when their card says so?

    The rulebook's "Monster Statistic Cards" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Monster Statistic Cards
    • Rykaar · Community · 2017-03-06
    • paddirn · Community · 2017-03-06

    Always — traits printed on the stat card, like Flying, are permanent.

    Do the coloured standee bases limit how many elite or normal monsters can be placed?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-12-28
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-12-28
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-04
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2018-12-16
    • masterzora · Community · 2017-12-28

    No — only the number of standees limits monsters; if you run out of bases, use proxies. A dead monster's standee is available again for later spawns or summons.

    What does Move -1 on a monster ability card mean, and what if it reduces movement to 0?

    The rulebook's "Monster Turn" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Monster Turn
    • coblackmagus · Community · 2017-03-26
    • aquillo · Community · 2017-03-26
    • DukeOfEarl · Community · 2018-07-28
    • hooliganj · Community · 2018-07-28

    The monster moves up to its stat-card move minus 1; if that reaches 0, it doesn't move.

    What happens when an Ooze splits but there are no standees left?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-21

    The Ooze still suffers the damage from the split, but no new Ooze appears.

    When two monster types share an ability deck, like the Guards or two kinds of Imps, how do they act?

    Isaac's later answer as relayed by the FAQ maintainer, with other players agreeing; the designer's earlier post said otherwise.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-02superseded
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Monster Ability Cards
    • ovis · Community · 2017-02-27
    • Garou · Community · 2017-02-27
    • aflorin · Community · 2018-07-20
    • Tabletop_Tavern · Community · 2017-12-19disagrees

    They use the same drawn ability card at the same initiative. If the scenario doesn't specify the order between the types, the players choose, as long as it stays consistent each round; activating all of one type, then all of the other, is simplest. An earlier designer post instead had the type that was on the board first act first.

    Do you shuffle a monster ability deck when all monsters of that type are killed?

    The rulebook's "Monster Ability Cards" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Monster Ability Cards
    • aflorin · Community · 2017-02-26
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-04-23
    • chademe · Community · 2020-04-23
    • Robyrt · Community · 2018-07-17
    • jkglife · Community · 2018-07-17

    No — leave the deck and its current card as they are. Monster ability decks are only shuffled at the end of a round in which a card with the shuffle symbol was drawn; newly revealed monsters of that type in the same round use the card already drawn.

    Do you draw one monster ability card per monster or per monster type?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2016, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2016-11-15
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Monster Ability Cards
    • SparkValor · Community · 2016-11-15
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2019-03-20
    • felipe123 · Community · 2019-03-20
    • valpocarnie · Community · 2017-03-21

    One per monster type on the board each round, covering normal and elite alike; every monster of that type performs it on its own turn.

    Which ability deck do guard, archer and shaman monsters and bosses use?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-07-02
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Monster Ability Cards
    • Haltdeibabbm · Community · 2018-07-02
    • ovis · Community · 2017-02-27
    • Garou · Community · 2017-02-27

    All guards (Bandit, City, Inox) share the Guard deck, archers the Archer deck, shamans the Shaman deck, and every boss uses the universal Boss deck.

    What do two elements separated by a colon on a monster ability card mean?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-11-02

    Consume the first to gain the effect of the second — the consume slash on the left element is just hard to see.

    What happens if revealing a room needs more monster standees than are available?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-03
    • jogobella · Community · 2018-11-20
    • DaviddesJ · Community · 2017-02-04
    • Noah7 · Community · 2019-06-19
    • squegeeboo · Community · 2019-06-19
    • JimA759 · Community · 2018-03-25disagrees

    Use only the standees you have, giving priority to the monsters nearest the character who opened the door; the rest simply don't appear. A killed monster's standee can be reused later.

    Does a condition like Poison or Curse on a monster's stat card apply to every attack, and stack with the card?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-05-09
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-04-23
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-17
    • TootyBonture · Community · 2017-05-08
    • a1bert · Community · 2021-12-28
    • lbastou · Community · 2017-07-27disagrees

    Yes — it's added to every attack the monster makes, on top of any conditions from its ability card. Curses stack, so a target can get one from each.

    Where are monster stats for levels 4–7?

    The rulebook's "Monster Statistic Cards" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Monster Statistic Cards
    • hogshine · Community · 2017-04-23
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-07-20

    On the back of each monster stat card — rotate or flip it to the needed level.

    What is the correct shield value for elite level 3 Oozes?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-02

    Shield 1 — the stat card has a typo.

    Does a monster die if its maximum hit points drop below the damage it has taken?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-01-10
    • Dexter345 · Community · 2018-01-10
    • squegeeboo · Community · 2018-01-10disagrees

    Yes — you track damage dealt, so if its maximum drops to that or lower (as when an altar is destroyed in scenario 22), it dies.

    Are elemental monsters immune to matching hazards or elemental damage, like Flame Demons and lava?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-12-06
    • Robyrt · Community · 2018-12-06
    • Dexter345 · Community · 2018-12-06
    • albin747 · Community · 2022-12-11
    • Ogral · Community · 2022-12-11

    No — monsters have no elemental immunities or weaknesses; some simply fly over hazardous terrain.

    What counts as a separate monster type?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-11-18
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-08
    • Garou · Community · 2017-02-24
    • Mindless_Meeple · Community · 2017-02-24disagrees

    Each monster with its own stat card is a different type, and every boss is its own type.

    Battle Goals

    What happens to battle goal checkmarks beyond the three needed for a perk?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2015, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2015-09-11
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Visiting Gloomhaven
    • Mizerak · Community · 2015-09-11

    They carry over toward the next perk — two checks plus two more gives a perk with one left over.

    Does the bonus XP for completing a scenario count toward XP battle goals?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • csouth154 · Community · 2018-06-24
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-06-24
    • meziemer · Community · 2017-12-24
    • jkglife · Community · 2020-11-16
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-11-16
    • Dexter345 · Community · 2018-02-05

    No — battle goals are checked before the completion bonus is awarded, so only XP earned during the scenario counts. Every participating character, exhausted or not, still gets the bonus XP afterwards.

    Do I get my battle goal checkmarks if the scenario is lost?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2016, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2016-04-29
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Battle Goal Cards
    • JimA759 · Community · 2023-03-05
    • albcann · Community · 2023-03-05
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-02-27
    • nicktenny · Community · 2020-02-28

    No — battle goals pay out only if the scenario is won. If it is won, an exhausted character still earns them.

    How do the Streamliner and Zealot battle goals count cards, and can an exhausted character complete them?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2015.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2015-10-19
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2015-10-18
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-05-25
    • Trondster · Community · 2020-05-25
    • OedipussyRex · Community · 2019-04-25
    • toomuchcoffeeman · Community · 2017-03-15

    Count the cards in your hand plus your discard pile at the end of the scenario and compare with the goal. Exhaustion sends every card to the lost pile, so an exhausted character can complete Zealot but not Streamliner. Whether non-lost cards still in the active area count has been answered both ways, so move them to the discard pile beforehand if it matters.

    What counts as using an item for battle goals?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-15
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-11
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-16
    • countertorque · Community · 2017-03-11
    • Willottica · Community · 2017-12-18disagrees
    • atcblake · Community · 2019-05-25disagrees

    Each time an item's effect is applied — each Hide Armor charge, each Iron Helmet trigger. A passive always-on item like Boots of Levitation counts as used once at the start of the scenario, so it breaks a "use no items" goal.

    When do I gain a perk from three battle goal checkmarks?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2016, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2016-05-28
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Visiting Gloomhaven
    • squegeeboo · Community · 2018-01-10
    • thebaker1983 · Community · 2018-01-10
    • Antonio8080 · Community · 2017-11-02
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-11-02

    Immediately on earning the third checkmark, even away from town. A retirement perk is separate and doesn't count as checkmarks.

    Are battle goal cards shuffled back after a scenario?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2016-04-28
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Finishing a Scenario
    • solomojb · Community · 2023-11-17
    • nekrodamus · Community · 2023-11-17
    • iswearihaveajob · Community · 2016-04-28disagrees

    Yes — all battle goals, kept or discarded, completed or not, go back into the deck, which is shuffled before dealing. You never keep an unfinished goal.

    If one player runs two characters, does each get battle goals?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-04-13
    • swheelock · Community · 2020-12-06
    • Ganashal · Community · 2020-12-06
    • Stomski · Community · 2018-04-13
    • kornetmuse · Community · 2018-04-12disagrees
    • Willottica · Community · 2018-04-13disagrees

    Yes — deal two battle goals to each character. For retirement perks, treat each character lineage separately.

    Is there any reward for battle goals once a character has 18 checkmarks?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2016.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2016-06-08
    • mrakomor · Community · 2017-06-02
    • CarcuS · Community · 2017-06-02
    • PaulGrogan · Community · 2017-03-14
    • Neva Kee · Community · 2016-06-08

    No — after the six perks from checkmarks, further battle goals give nothing.

    Does a battle goal to end with 2 or fewer hit points count if I'm exhausted?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-07-28
    • Snooches · Community · 2018-07-20
    • Stomski · Community · 2018-07-20
    • Throknor · Community · 2018-03-11
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2018-03-11

    Yes, as long as the party wins — unless the goal says you must survive or not exhaust, ending at 0 hit points counts as 2 or fewer. Summons can't become exhausted (they just die), so a summon dying doesn't count as an exhaustion for other goals.

    Does walking into a trap or a damaging treasure count for the Neutralizer battle goal?

    Each part rests on one player's reading; no ruling.

    • Madmullet · Community · 2026-10-05
    • Joou · Community · 2018-04-01

    Springing a trap on your turn counts. A treasure tile that hurts you is still treasure, not a trap, so it doesn't.

    Does the Explorer battle goal count a door opened by a pressure plate?

    Players are split on the strict wording; no ruling.

    • a1bert · Community · 2023-02-23
    • Ender02 · Community · 2023-02-24
    • sdckapr · Community · 2023-02-24
    • Madmullet · Community · 2018-10-22
    • m_ender · Community · 2018-10-22

    Probably, if you caused it and the room is revealed on your turn; with plates that open at the end of a turn the strict wording is doubtful.

    Attack Modifier Deck

    How long does a Shield from an attack modifier card, like the Brute's perk card, last?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-03-18
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-03-18
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-20
    • oughgh · Community · 2020-07-13
    • mhl7 · Community · 2020-07-13
    • nom_ · Community · 2017-10-01disagrees

    Until the end of the round — a Shield or Retaliate gained from an attack modifier card works like a round bonus.

    How do rolling modifiers work on a normal attack?

    The rulebook's "Attack Modifier Cards" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Attack Modifier Cards
    • thebaker1983 · Community · 2019-03-10
    • Neophyte · Community · 2019-03-10
    • swheelock · Community · 2018-03-31
    • Madmullet · Community · 2019-08-17
    • Xaqery · Community · 2019-08-17

    Keep drawing until you draw a non-rolling card, then add all the drawn cards together. A Null at the end still cancels the damage, even after rolling +1s. The curved-arrow symbol marks a rolling card.

    Do you draw one attack modifier per target of an area attack?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-03-02
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-19
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Attack Modifier Cards
    • Valenso · Community · 2017-03-01
    • cpagia · Community · 2017-03-01
    • Madmullet · Community · 2019-04-12

    Yes — each target is a separate attack with its own modifier draw, and each can have its own advantage or disadvantage.

    Do all monsters share one attack modifier deck?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-27
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-01-31
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2016-09-16
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Attack Modifier Cards
    • Angelsenior · Community · 2018-01-05
    • nom_ · Community · 2017-01-31disagrees

    Yes — every monster draws from the single monster (M) deck, so a curse or bless on one monster can be drawn by any of them, and it stays in the deck if that monster dies.

    Can a "refresh an item" attack modifier refresh the item used on that same attack, or a consumed item?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2019.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-06-18
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-01-12
    • CrashTestDummy · Community · 2019-06-19
    • DigitalPigeon · Community · 2017-04-08

    Yes to both — items that affect an attack are used before the modifier is drawn, so that item is already spent or consumed and can be refreshed. An unqualified refresh works on spent or consumed items.

    Is a Bless or Curse removed if it's drawn but not used because of advantage or disadvantage?

    The rulebook's "Attack Modifier Cards" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Attack Modifier Cards
    • Larzu57 · Community · 2017-02-22
    • philmcd · Community · 2017-02-22
    • McKinley50 · Community · 2026-10-03
    • albcann · Community · 2026-10-03
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2022-03-06

    Yes — a drawn BLESS or CURSE always leaves the deck and returns to its supply, used or not. Likewise a drawn 2x or Null triggers the end-of-round shuffle even if it wasn't the card used.

    What happens when a Curse card is drawn on an attack?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-10
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Attack Modifier Cards
    • kornetmuse · Community · 2018-02-28
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-02-10

    It works like a Null: the attack deals no damage, but its conditions and other effects still apply, and the curse is removed from the deck.

    How many curse and bless cards are there, and what if they run out?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2019, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-04-01
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-09-26
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Conditions
    • leles · Community · 2017-11-19disagrees
    • Geoff Watson · Community · 2018-10-04disagrees

    The 20 curses are split into 10 for player decks and 10 for the monster deck, and there are 10 blesses; you can't exceed the components. When a scenario hands out more than exist, the players split what's available and the rest is lost. The diamond-shaped tokens are a printing leftover and aren't needed.

    What happens if the attack modifier deck runs out mid-attack or during an advantage draw?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2018-11-05
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-11-06
    • jerold_wallis · Community · 2021-07-10
    • a1bert · Community · 2021-07-10
    • jkglife · Community · 2019-02-02
    • Jack Spirio · Community · 2019-05-30

    Shuffle the discards into a new deck right away and keep drawing; remember any card already drawn for the advantage or disadvantage comparison.

    Which attack modifier deck does a new character start with, and what are the class modifier cards for?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-03-13
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-03-13
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2016-09-10
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Attack Modifier Cards
    • ovis · Community · 2017-03-13
    • vitus979 · Community · 2020-05-17

    Every character starts with one of the standard 20-card decks (numbered 1–4; M is the monster deck): one Null, one 2x, and the rest. The cards in the class box are perk cards, added only when you take the matching perk. A new character after retirement starts fresh.

    When an ability makes an ally or monster attack, whose attack modifier deck is used?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-10
    • frekol · Community · 2020-07-06
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-07-06
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-08-04
    • Robyrt · Community · 2018-10-10
    • FitzKaos · Community · 2017-08-04disagrees

    The attacking figure's own: a character uses theirs, a summon its owner's, and a monster the monster deck, even when you control the attack.

    Is the 2x attack modifier a rolling card, and how much is it worth?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2018-02-22
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2018-02-22
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-20
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Attack Modifier Cards
    • nicktenny · Community · 2018-08-19
    • Benkyo · Community · 2018-02-22disagrees

    No — the symbol on the 2x and Null cards is the shuffle icon, not the rolling arrow. A 2x is worth the attack value at the moment it's applied, after all the attacker's bonuses; Shield and Pierce come afterwards.

    If a summon draws a Heal attack modifier from my deck, who is healed?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-05-25
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-05-13
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-04-04
    • dbaker · Community · 2018-07-30
    • Felkor · Community · 2017-05-23disagrees
    • Tjolmir · Community · 2017-04-04disagrees

    The figure that drew it — the summon. Heal modifiers (including the Beast Tyrant's and Sawbones' perk cards, which should read "Self") heal whoever made the attack, and two rolling heals combine into one heal.

    When is an attack modifier deck reshuffled after a Null or 2x is drawn?

    The rulebook's "End of Round" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · End of Round
    • a1bert · Community · 2019-05-26
    • Xaqery · Community · 2019-05-26
    • ethreal_g · Community · 2019-03-05
    • CrashTestDummy · Community · 2019-03-05
    • SevenSpirits · Community · 2018-04-09

    At the end of the round, not right away, and only for Null and 2x (cards with the shuffle icon). Drawing a Bless or Curse never triggers a shuffle.

    When I draw an Add Target modifier, how is the extra attack resolved?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-11-18
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-19
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-03
    • iron_n_wine · Community · 2021-09-08
    • Ganashal · Community · 2021-09-08
    • CrashTestDummy · Community · 2019-06-07disagrees

    Apply the card's own value to the current target (on the Tinkerer's perk card it's +0). After finishing that attack, you make a separate attack against another enemy in range, drawing new modifiers; rolling effects from the first draw never carry over to the new attack. Monsters and summons can use it too.

    Can I choose not to apply an effect like Stun, Push or an element from my attack modifier card?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2019.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-02-10
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-20
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-20
    • m_ender · Community · 2018-04-29
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-02-03disagrees
    • Harryp19 · Community · 2018-04-29disagrees

    Yes — added effects on modifier cards are optional, like other beneficial parts of your attack. The numeric modifier can't be ignored, though.

    Does a boss immune to Curse ignore curse cards it draws from the monster deck?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-07
    • Madmullet · Community · 2022-06-29

    No — immunity only stops attacks on the boss from adding curses. Curses already in the shared monster deck still apply when the boss draws one.

    Are -1 cards added by a scenario removed when drawn, like curses?

    The rulebook's "Finishing a Scenario" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Finishing a Scenario
    • Dexter345 · Community · 2018-03-03
    • Jack Spirio · Community · 2019-04-28
    • wmshub · Community · 2019-04-28
    • a1bert · Community · 2024-02-04
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2019-05-26

    No — only BLESS and CURSE cards leave when drawn. Scenario -1 cards (often marked with a star) stay until the end of the scenario.

    What does an element icon on an attack modifier card do?

    The rulebook's "Attack Modifier Cards" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Attack Modifier Cards
    • Tekar · Community · 2017-11-09
    • valpocarnie · Community · 2017-11-09
    • nom_ · Community · 2017-02-20
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-02-25
    • lantzbg · Community · 2017-02-20disagrees

    It infuses that element at the end of your turn, exactly as if it were printed on your ability card.

    Can I have more than two Bless cards in my deck?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Uninvited Guest · Community · 2019-01-04
    • PhilGreenfly · Community · 2019-01-07
    • frekol · Community · 2019-04-21
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-02-26
    • belborough · Community · 2017-02-26

    Yes — only the Sanctuary donation is limited to two. Blesses from other sources keep being added until the supply of 10 runs out.

    When a Bless or Curse is added mid-scenario, do I reshuffle the whole deck?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-22
    • Suit Sage · Community · 2017-02-21
    • Madmullet · Community · 2020-05-14
    • mhl7 · Community · 2020-05-14
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-06-27
    • nancynm · Community · 2017-02-21disagrees

    No — shuffle it into the undrawn part of the deck only and leave the discards alone.

    Are curse and bless cards removed from an exhausted character's deck right away?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-05-01
    • Ender02 · Community · 2023-04-04
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-04-04

    No — modifier decks are only reset at the end of the scenario, so they stay in that deck until then.

    Scenario Setup and Level

    Should monster standees be placed in numerical order?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-02-01
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Scenario Setup
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-02-01
    • aflorin · Community · 2017-02-01

    No — place standees without looking at their numbers, so the numbers end up random; they only set the activation order within a monster type.

    Should the whole scenario map be set up at the start or revealed as rooms open?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-03-17
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-11-14
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-02-27
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Scenario Setup
    • kleep · Community · 2018-03-17
    • datajack · Community · 2017-02-03disagrees

    Only the starting room is populated at the start; monsters, coins and treasure in other rooms are placed when their door opens. You can lay out all the tiles and check which monster types you'll face, but the contents of unopened rooms are meant to stay hidden.

    When during setup do players choose their items and ability cards?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-01-03
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2016-12-17
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Scenario Setup
    • DobbelB · Community · 2018-01-03
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2018-02-09
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-01-03

    After the battle goals are dealt and after any road event is read: set up the map, read the introduction, deal battle goals, then pick items and your hand, and finally apply lingering event effects.

    How many monsters do I place in a room, and which standee number goes where?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-11-19
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-13
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2015-09-28
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Scenario Setup
    • abies · Community · 2017-10-29
    • Neva Kee · Community · 2015-09-28

    Use the part of each placement symbol for your character count (top-left for 2, top-right for 3, bottom for 4): black is none, white normal, gold elite. Draw standee numbers at random.

    If a scenario has no doors between rooms, are all monsters active from the start?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-09
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-02-19
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-02-03
    • Lunatic Calm · Community · 2017-04-09
    • tobyr21 · Community · 2017-04-09
    • Dulkal · Community · 2019-02-04

    Yes — every room not behind a door is set up at the start, and those monsters act from round one. Fog overlays in outdoor maps work like doors.

    How much gold is each money token worth?

    The rulebook's "Scenario Level" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Scenario Level
    • nancynm · Community · 2017-02-07
    • Stalvin · Community · 2018-02-14
    • omimace · Community · 2018-02-14
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2019-05-26
    • frekol · Community · 2019-05-26

    It depends on the scenario level: 2 gold at levels 0–1, 3 at 2–3, 4 at 4–5, 5 at 6 and 6 at 7. Money tokens are converted at the end of the scenario whether you won or lost.

    How is scenario level calculated?

    The rulebook's "Scenario Level" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Scenario Level
    • albcann · Community · 2018-04-08
    • Otherish · Community · 2018-04-08
    • JimA759 · Community · 2020-08-30
    • hooliganj · Community · 2020-08-30
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-03-09

    Take the average character level, divide by 2 and round up — not the total. Lower it by 1 for Easy, raise it by 1 for Hard or 2 for Very Hard. Solo play adds 1 to monster level and trap damage.

    Overlay Tiles and Terrain

    Does stepping on a stun trap stop my movement, and does it stop a push?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2019.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-04-25
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-09
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-16
    • Benkyo · Community · 2017-03-09
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-02-16
    • aflorin · Community · 2017-03-05

    Your own move ends immediately — stun stops every ability, including the one you are in the middle of, and you lose the rest of your turn. Forced movement is different: a pushed or pulled figure keeps going through a stun trap for the full distance.

    Can figures stand on the partial hexes at the edge of map tiles?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-12-29
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-12-19
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-11-25
    • danom · Community · 2017-11-26
    • Dexter345 · Community · 2019-04-12
    • Astrokid · Community · 2018-12-19disagrees

    No — a hex cut off by the edge of a map tile counts as wall, both for movement and for line of sight, unless a corridor or other tile covers it.

    Does ending a Jump move on a trap trigger it?

    The rulebook's "Move" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Move
    • Vardaine · Community · 2018-02-04
    • johnson4e · Community · 2018-02-04
    • jesscar · Community · 2017-11-17
    • jpolitis · Community · 2017-11-17

    Yes — the last hex of a jump is entered normally, so landing on a trap springs it. A figure already standing on a trap or hazard doesn't trigger it again by staying.

    Do traps still affect an invisible figure?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2015.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2015-10-26
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2015-10-26

    Yes — a trap isn't an enemy attack, so it affects invisible figures normally, and taking its damage doesn't end invisibility.

    Do traps placed by characters also trigger on characters?

    Several players agree, one quoting the FAQ.

    • CrashTestDummy · Community · 2018-09-12
    • florencka · Community · 2017-12-19
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2017-12-19

    Yes — a trap keeps no memory of who placed it, so any figure, monster or character, that enters it springs it.

    If a monster is pushed through several hazardous terrain hexes, does it take damage for each?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-03-10
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Overlay Tiles
    • magictom1 · Community · 2017-03-11

    Yes — a figure suffers hazardous terrain damage once for every such hex it enters, by normal or forced movement.

    Do goal treasures I looted stay looted if we fail and retry the scenario?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-04-12
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-02
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-20
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Overlay Tiles
    • m_ender · Community · 2018-09-07
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2018-09-07

    No — unnumbered goal treasure tiles reset on every attempt and give no reward beyond the scenario objective. Only numbered treasures are looted once for good.

    Can an ability that destroys an obstacle also destroy a trap?

    Several players agree traps and obstacles are different tiles.

    • lastsurvivor00 · Community · 2017-02-23
    • martidem · Community · 2017-02-23
    • Windtreader · Community · 2024-07-02
    • SpiritReacher · Community · 2017-02-20
    • mhl7 · Community · 2018-02-09

    No — traps aren't obstacles. Only abilities that specifically disarm or destroy traps remove them.

    Does a stun trap also deal damage?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2019, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-04-09
    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-04-08
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-06
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Overlay Tiles
    • marduk360 · Community · 2019-04-09
    • Ravendas · Community · 2017-02-12

    No — a trap does only what its type says. Only damage traps (or traps marked with both) deal damage; a plain stun or poison trap just applies its condition.

    Do flying monsters take damage from traps and hazardous terrain?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2019, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-05-10
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-12-17
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Overlay Tiles
    • R3DSH1FT · Community · 2017-05-15
    • albin747 · Community · 2022-12-11

    No — flying figures ignore traps and hazardous terrain entirely, even when pushed into them. A figure that loses Flying while on one triggers it at that moment.

    Are traps limited by the number of trap tokens in the box?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-02-27
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-19
    • coblackmagus · Community · 2017-02-18
    • 5hrike · Community · 2017-12-20
    • mfaulk80 · Community · 2017-12-20

    No — if you run out, use substitutes; the component count isn't a limit on traps placed by abilities.

    Do traps created by monster or character abilities scale with scenario level?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-05
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Overlay Tiles
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-02-05
    • Deverash · Community · 2017-02-18
    • squegeeboo · Community · 2018-04-11
    • Windtreader · Community · 2023-02-22

    No — traps created by abilities deal exactly the damage printed on the ability. Only scenario damage traps use 2 + the scenario level.

    When I destroy a multi-hex obstacle, is the whole tile removed?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-14
    • alphasquid · Community · 2017-04-14
    • Olvenskol · Community · 2017-04-20
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-10-20
    • oughgh · Community · 2020-07-02

    Yes — destroying an obstacle always removes the whole tile; you can't partially destroy one, and being adjacent to any of its hexes is enough. Obstacles with hit points, or with special scenario rules, are exceptions.

    Are tables and similar overlay tiles obstacles?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-09-21
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-09-21
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-09-21
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Overlay Tiles
    • vitus979 · Community · 2021-05-17
    • Annowme · Community · 2017-02-16disagrees

    Yes — tables work like boulders: they block movement but not line of sight, and can be jumped, flown over or destroyed. Features merely printed on map tiles (like the busted chest art) have no effect; check the colored outline in the scenario book for a tile's terrain type.

    Does a jump that ends in difficult terrain cost 2 movement for the last hex?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-24
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Overlay Tiles
    • danom · Community · 2017-04-24
    • minigno · Community · 2017-04-10
    • alphasquid · Community · 2017-04-10
    • SaintHax · Community · 2017-04-24disagrees

    Yes — the last hex of a jump is normal movement, so entering difficult terrain there costs 2. Each difficult hex you enter costs 2, while leaving one costs nothing extra.

    Do you keep taking damage while standing on hazardous terrain?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-02
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Overlay Tiles
    • MrTroy · Community · 2017-03-02
    • aflorin · Community · 2017-03-02disagrees

    No — hazardous terrain only damages a figure when it enters the hex.

    What counts as an empty hex — are coins or difficult terrain allowed?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-05
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Overlay Tiles
    • ManWithBirdLikeWing · Community · 2017-04-04
    • chang_1910 · Community · 2017-04-04
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-07-01
    • Buckets · Community · 2017-04-04disagrees

    An empty hex has nothing in it at all — no figures, coins, obstacles, difficult terrain or other overlay tiles; the only thing allowed is a corridor tile. A coin makes a hex non-empty but not occupied, so figures can still move onto it.

    Are map tile edges walls, even next to a door with no wall drawn?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-12-19
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-12-18
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-11-25
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Attack
    • Dexter345 · Community · 2017-12-19
    • frekol · Community · 2020-10-04

    Yes — every map tile edge and partial hex counts as wall unless an overlay tile like a corridor or door covers it. Printed art (chests, shadows, torches) has no game effect.

    Round Structure and Initiative

    What can players say to each other during card selection?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-11-22
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-10-26
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-02-27
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Card Selection
    • porkupine · Community · 2018-11-22
    • Valmar · Community · 2020-10-18

    General intentions only — "I'll go early", "I'll attack that group", pointing at hexes — but no exact numbers like initiative values or card names. Once cards are revealed, you can discuss plans and look at each other's cards freely.

    After cards are revealed, can I change my initiative card or the order I play my cards?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-11-21
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-11-21
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-17
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Card Selection
    • DMountford · Community · 2017-11-08
    • bwarner34 · Community · 2017-03-17

    Your leading card is locked once cards are revealed, but on your turn you may play the two cards in either order and use either for its top or bottom.

    Can a character pass and do nothing on their turn?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-02-18
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Card Selection
    • steele22374 · Community · 2017-02-18
    • bobweekend · Community · 2017-02-18
    • squegeeboo · Community · 2019-02-26
    • Trekker02 · Community · 2017-11-23

    No — each round you must play two cards or long rest; persistent cards in your active area don't change that. You can, however, play cards and skip their actions.

    Does a character playing initiative 99 act before a long-resting character, and how do two long rests tie?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2018-11-06
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2018-11-05
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-12-20
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Determining Initiative
    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-08-13
    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-08-13

    A character playing a 99 card acts, and is focused, before a long-resting character, because their second card breaks the tie. Two long-resting characters tie, and the players choose who goes first. If a monster's focus comes down to that tie, the players decide at that moment; the order chosen at the start of the round doesn't bind it.

    Who goes first when initiatives tie between a character and a monster, or two monster types?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-16
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Determining Initiative
    • Oareo · Community · 2017-12-22
    • geicsge · Community · 2017-02-15
    • Benkyo · Community · 2018-07-08
    • Daeuhl · Community · 2018-07-09

    A character beats a monster type on a tie; between two monster types the players decide.

    Can initiative go below 1 or above 99, for example with Boots of Speed?

    Players disagree; this is the better-supported reading, with no official ruling.

    • Madmullet · Community · 2020-09-18
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-09-18
    • Willottica · Community · 2018-01-16
    • DeS_Tructive · Community · 2018-01-16
    • Zestrenocya · Community · 2020-09-18disagrees
    • florencka · Community · 2018-03-08disagrees

    Yes — nothing caps it, so items can push initiative past those values. A long rest happens at 99, not at a separate later slot.

    After clearing a room, do I still have to play cards to move to the next door?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • stevelabny · Community · 2017-02-20
    • mournful · Community · 2017-02-20
    • frekol · Community · 2018-01-22
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-01-22
    • Benkyo · Community · 2019-02-19
    • mercury_sn · Community · 2019-02-19

    Yes — nothing changes when a room is empty: each round you still play two cards or rest until the scenario ends.

    Resting

    If I long rest while wounded, do I still take the wound damage?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • jsciv · Community · 2017-11-30
    • Vedarta · Community · 2017-11-30
    • WarioMCP · Community · 2018-01-10

    Yes — wound damage comes at the start of your turn, before the long rest's Heal 2, which then removes the Wound and restores hit points.

    Can I move an active persistent or augment card to my discard pile before resting?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-11-21
    • SaintHax · Community · 2017-11-16
    • talzor · Community · 2017-11-16
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2019-02-19
    • masterzora · Community · 2019-02-19
    • Snooches · Community · 2018-08-21

    Yes — a non-lost card in your active area can be moved to its discard pile at any time, so it can be recovered by the rest.

    Can I rest with fewer than two cards in my discard pile, or with no cards in hand?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2015, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2015-09-23
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Resting
    • broggi · Community · 2026-04-07
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2026-04-07
    • Trondster · Community · 2017-12-17
    • frekol · Community · 2019-10-22

    Both short and long rests need at least two cards in your discard pile. With two or more there, you can long rest even with no cards in hand. If you have fewer than two cards in hand and fewer than two in your discard pile, you can neither play nor rest, and you're exhausted.

    Can I long rest while stunned, and do I still get the Heal 2?

    The rulebook's "Resting" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Resting
    • Eragem · Community · 2019-01-25
    • evildisc420 · Community · 2018-03-13
    • hooliganj · Community · 2018-06-29
    • DeS_Tructive · Community · 2018-06-30
    • Chickenpants · Community · 2017-02-16disagrees

    Yes — stun specifically allows a long rest, and its Heal 2 still happens. But a long rest must be declared during card selection; you can't switch to one when you find out you're stunned. A stunned player who didn't declare one still plays two cards and loses that turn.

    Are the Heal 2 and item refresh during a long rest optional?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2018-02-26
    • Eragem · Community · 2019-03-05
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2019-01-23
    • Jack Spirio · Community · 2019-01-23

    Yes — the only mandatory part is losing one card from your discard pile. The heal is a normal heal, so it removes Poison instead of restoring hit points if you're poisoned.

    Can I use items during a long rest, and have them refreshed by it?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-12-08
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-05-21
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-05-21
    • dud3k · Community · 2020-09-02
    • cvega · Community · 2020-09-02
    • Pauljima · Community · 2017-12-09disagrees

    Yes — a long rest is still your turn at initiative 99, so you can use items before or after the rest refreshes your spent ones.

    Can monsters attack a character who is long resting?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • RobJFalcon · Community · 2019-01-09
    • any2cards · Community · 2019-01-09
    • a1bert · Community · 2022-04-28
    • biophys · Community · 2022-04-28
    • reshurc · Community · 2017-02-16
    • Benkyo · Community · 2017-02-16

    Yes — a long-resting character stays on the board and can be targeted; long resting only puts you at initiative 99 for turn order and focus.

    Do I have to return active persistent cards to my hand when I rest?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • kittenhoarder · Community · 2017-11-04
    • Ax0r · Community · 2017-11-04
    • wimble · Community · 2017-11-04
    • TrangVP · Community · 2017-11-05
    • aflorin · Community · 2017-02-27
    • cznrhubarb · Community · 2017-02-27

    No — active cards can stay in play. You may choose to move a non-lost active card to your discard pile first so the rest recovers it.

    When do short and long rests happen?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2015-09-20
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Resting
    • csouth154 · Community · 2018-11-12
    • SnarksandBoojums · Community · 2018-11-12disagrees

    A short rest happens during end-of-round cleanup, not at the end of your turn. A long rest is declared during card selection and resolved on your turn at initiative 99, when you lose a card, heal and refresh items.

    Can we rest freely after clearing a room before opening the next door?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Annowme · Community · 2017-02-16
    • valpocarnie · Community · 2017-02-16
    • albcann · Community · 2018-02-06
    • ArgyleThunder · Community · 2018-02-06
    • a1bert · Community · 2019-06-26
    • fizolof · Community · 2019-06-26

    There are no free rounds — you still play two cards or rest every round, and each rest loses a card — but resting before opening the next door is legal and a common tactic.

    Can the 1 damage from keeping a card on a short rest be negated?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-02
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2015-09-23
    • steele22374 · Community · 2017-03-02
    • Shady_Networker · Community · 2018-02-01
    • Robyrt · Community · 2018-02-01
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-02-01

    It's real damage (not attack damage), so effects that negate damage, like Frost Armor, can stop it — but you can't lose cards to negate it if you have no other cards to lose.

    After a long rest, do I shuffle the returned cards?

    One experienced player's reading, with no official ruling or wider agreement.

    • a1bert · Community · 2023-06-29

    No — your hand has no order; you just pick up the recovered cards.

    Movement

    Does a teleport require line of sight?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2019.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-03-27
    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-03-11
    • R3DSH1FT · Community · 2019-03-27disagrees

    No — teleports don't need line of sight in general; you just place the figure in a valid hex within the teleport's range.

    Can I teleport onto a closed door to open it?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2021.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2021-06-03
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-11-21
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-11-20
    • Jack Spirio · Community · 2021-06-03
    • Fogity · Community · 2021-06-03

    Yes, as long as the door borders a room that is already revealed — doing so opens it and reveals the room beyond. You can't teleport into unrevealed parts of the map.

    What counts as moving in a straight line, e.g. for the Brute's Hook and Chain?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-02-05
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-02-05
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-02-05
    • Dexter345 · Community · 2018-10-01
    • squegeeboo · Community · 2018-10-01
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2019-04-02

    You must follow one of the six hex directions from your starting hex without ever changing direction; moving back and forth doesn't count.

    How does Teleport work, and can I teleport while immobilized?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2021.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-06-10
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-11-01
    • m_ender · Community · 2018-11-01

    Teleport places the figure in a destination hex within range without tracing a path, ignoring walls, figures and terrain in between. It isn't a move, so the 2019 ruling allows it while immobilized; the destination must be a legal hex in a revealed area, and entering a trap there still springs it.

    Can I choose not to use Jump on a move, for example to trigger a trap?

    Players disagree; this is the better-supported reading, with no official ruling.

    • SilentMix · Community · 2021-06-13
    • Jack Spirio · Community · 2021-06-13
    • a1bert · Community · 2021-06-13
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-02-24
    • a1bert · Community · 2022-12-08disagrees
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2019-06-27disagrees

    Yes — Jump is a beneficial part of the ability, so you may skip it, but the choice applies to the whole move rather than hex by hex.

    Can I move through an invisible ally?

    The rulebook's "Move" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Move
    • alecm88 · Community · 2018-04-29
    • countertorque · Community · 2017-03-09

    Yes — you can always move through allies, and invisibility doesn't change that. Invisible figures are treated as obstacles only by their enemies.

    Can I move through a hex and back, or end my move in the hex I started in?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-16
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-06
    • Mishenka · Community · 2017-03-04
    • aflorin · Community · 2017-03-04
    • philmcd · Community · 2017-03-04
    • JimA759 · Community · 2018-08-12

    Yes — you can spend move points however you like, including stepping onto a door to open it and moving back, as long as each hex you enter is legal.

    Is there any penalty for moving away from adjacent enemies?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • mhl7 · Community · 2018-02-02
    • Listerlives · Community · 2018-01-02
    • Daemon6 · Community · 2018-01-02

    No — there are no attacks of opportunity or engagement rules, so you can move away from adjacent enemies freely.

    Can I use a Move ability to move 0 hexes?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-06-10

    Yes — Move X lets you move up to X hexes, so moving 0 still counts as performing it.

    Doors and Revealing Rooms

    Can monsters or summons open doors?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2015.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2015-09-15
    • iswearihaveajob · Community · 2015-09-15
    • Snooches · Community · 2017-04-03
    • squegeeboo · Community · 2019-01-02
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2018-12-11
    • piman · Community · 2018-01-13

    No — unless a scenario says otherwise, only characters open doors. For monsters and summons a closed door is a wall, so they won't move onto it or path through it.

    When I open a door, when do the newly revealed monsters act?

    The rulebook's "Revealing a Room" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Revealing a Room
    • Dexter345 · Community · 2018-03-22
    • midgar · Community · 2018-03-22
    • masterzora · Community · 2018-12-31
    • wmshub · Community · 2018-12-31
    • sgabrie854 · Community · 2018-01-29

    After you finish your whole turn. Draw an ability card right away for any new monster type; revealed monsters whose initiative is lower than yours act immediately after your turn, the rest act at their normal initiative. Newly revealed monsters of a type that already acted this round still get a turn after yours.

    If a locked door opens at the end of a round, do the revealed monsters act that round?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-06-27
    • baldeaglemeat · Community · 2018-06-26
    • Chrisboote · Community · 2026-03-01
    • hooliganj · Community · 2026-03-01

    No — the round is already over, so the room is set up and its monsters first act in the next round.

    Can I place an obstacle that blocks off a closed door or an unrevealed room?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2019.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-09-08
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-26
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-04-04
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2018-02-26superseded
    • aflorin · Community · 2019-09-07
    • SevenSpirits · Community · 2018-02-08

    No — you may never completely cut off any part of the map, so an obstacle can't seal a closed door unless there is already another open path to the area behind it.

    When a scenario effect reveals a room, are its doors opened too?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-13
    • DaveMorgan · Community · 2017-02-24disagrees

    Yes — when a scenario effect reveals a room, every door between that room and rooms already revealed opens too, so its monsters can reach you and act normally.

    If I open a door mid-move, can I keep using my remaining movement?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2016, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2016-11-21
    • Morthai · Designer · 2015-09-27
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Revealing a Room
    • mrakomor · Community · 2016-11-18

    Yes — opening the door doesn't end your move or your turn. Set up the room, then finish your movement and the rest of your turn.

    Does opening one tile of a double door open the other?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2024.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2024-12-17
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-01-15superseded
    • a1bert · Community · 2024-12-17
    • aflorin · Community · 2018-02-07
    • caseyharris · Community · 2018-02-07
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-01-17

    No — each door tile opens separately when a character enters it, unless the scenario says both open. A 2018 designer guess that a pair counts as one door was replaced by the FAQ ruling, confirmed again in 2024.

    Does destroying a door at range reveal the room behind it?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-05-03

    Yes — when a destructible door is destroyed, the room behind it is revealed even though no one stepped through.

    Do newly revealed monsters of a type that already acted this round use the same ability card?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • PhilGreenfly · Community · 2018-03-31
    • Itdepends · Community · 2018-03-31
    • Madmullet · Community · 2020-10-26
    • smartazjb0y · Community · 2020-10-26
    • kornetmuse · Community · 2018-02-21
    • Darkangeldown · Community · 2018-02-21

    Yes — no new card is drawn; they use the card already revealed for their type and act after the revealing character's turn, as a separate activation that can infuse or consume elements again.

    Can I move onto a locked door hex before it's opened, and how do I open a normal door?

    The rulebook's "Special Scenario Rules" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Special Scenario Rules
    • mhl7 · Community · 2020-10-31
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-10-31
    • m_ender · Community · 2018-06-26

    A door locked by special rules is a wall until its condition is met. A normal door opens when a character enters the door hex itself, from any adjacent hex.

    Is a figure standing in an open doorway in either room?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2018-04-24
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-04-23superseded
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-11-21superseded
    • dark_dar · Community · 2018-08-31
    • mccrispy · Community · 2018-08-31
    • daimpi · Community · 2018-09-07

    Neither — a figure on a door hex counts as being in no room and on no tile. It can attack and be attacked normally; once opened, the door is an ordinary open hex.

    Can I close a door once it has been opened?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-01-18
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Overlay Tiles
    • mfaulk80 · Community · 2018-01-16
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-05-19
    • Bigland · Community · 2020-05-19

    No — open doors can't be closed unless a scenario's rules say so.

    Attacks, Range and Line of Sight

    Do area attacks need line of sight to every hex they hit?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-11-14
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-11-14
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-11
    • oddbod · Community · 2017-11-14
    • cheshire_cat · Community · 2022-08-15
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2022-08-15

    Yes — each target of an area attack, melee or ranged, is a separate attack and needs line of sight from you. Enemies in the pattern but out of line of sight aren't hit.

    Can two separate attack lines on one action, like Attack 2, Attack 2, hit the same enemy?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-12-29
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-12-28
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-06-26
    • valpocarnie · Community · 2017-12-15
    • Trondster · Community · 2017-12-15
    • DakonBlackblade · Community · 2017-12-29

    Yes — each Attack line is its own attack ability, so both can target the same enemy. The no-repeat rule only applies within a single attack ability, such as a Target 2 or an area pattern.

    Which abilities require line of sight?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2020, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-12-10
    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-12-10
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-01-09
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Attack
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-29superseded
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-09superseded

    Every attack, melee or ranged (including each hex of an area attack), and any ability that targets a figure at a range, such as a ranged heal or condition. Effects that don't target, like "all allies" or "all adjacent figures suffer damage", need no line of sight. Only walls (and closed doors) block it; figures and obstacles don't.

    Can range be counted through a wall?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-02-05
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-17
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Attack
    • squegeeboo · Community · 2018-03-12
    • nom_ · Community · 2018-03-12
    • guppyg · Community · 2018-03-12

    No — range is counted hex by hex around walls, never through them, so two hexes on either side of a wall aren't adjacent and a target just past a wall may be out of range even if it looks close.

    Is there line of sight if the line only touches a wall at a hex corner?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-12-20
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-12-20
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-12-19
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Attack
    • coblackmagus · Community · 2017-03-27disagrees
    • RobJFalcon · Community · 2018-12-15disagrees

    No — the line may not touch a wall at all, and a hex corner that lies on a wall line can't be used as the start or end of the line. You need at least one line from a corner of one hex to a corner of the other that stays clear of every wall.

    If my attack kills the enemy, do its push, curse or other added effects still apply?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-05-11
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2016-12-20
    • Zolzar · Community · 2017-03-31
    • Scotfree2 · Community · 2017-03-31
    • MrTroy · Community · 2017-03-24
    • Suit Sage · Community · 2017-03-24

    No — added effects resolve after damage, so a target killed by the damage isn't pushed, cursed or given conditions. Each hex of a push is resolved in order too, so a target killed by the first trap isn't pushed into the second.

    In what order are attack bonuses, Poison, the attack modifier card and Shield applied?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2018-02-22
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2018-02-22
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-01-12
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Attack
    • squegeeboo · Community · 2018-08-14
    • LorryMoller · Community · 2018-08-14

    First all of the attacker's bonuses and penalties (card bonuses, items, +1 for Poison) in any order you like, then the drawn attack modifier (a 2x doubles everything so far), then the target's Shield.

    How does Pierce work against Shield?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2019, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-07-07
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Attack Effects
    • csouth154 · Community · 2018-10-08
    • Dawedu · Community · 2018-10-10
    • a1bert · Community · 2019-07-07
    • iklinck · Community · 2022-04-23

    Pierce X ignores up to X points of the target's Shield for that attack; it adds no damage on its own and does nothing against a target with no Shield. It is applied while damage is calculated.

    Do figures or obstacles block line of sight?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-06-20
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-06-20
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-30
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Overlay Tiles
    • martidem · Community · 2017-02-01
    • Baconburgerdog · Community · 2017-02-01

    No — only walls (including closed doors and partial hexes at tile edges) block line of sight. Other figures, invisible ones included, obstacles and difficult terrain don't, so you can shoot past them.

    Is a character attack that doesn't list a range always melee?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2018-09-12
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Attack
    • daimpi · Community · 2018-07-22
    • Dulkal · Community · 2018-07-22
    • Jlerpy · Community · 2019-04-07
    • squegeeboo · Community · 2019-04-07

    Yes — any attack on a character's card without a Range value is a melee attack, even if its area pattern reaches beyond adjacent hexes (as with the Spellweaver's Inferno). Monster ability cards are different: an attack there without a range uses the monster's range from its stat card.

    Can I attack into another room through an open door?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2015.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2015-09-14
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2015-09-14
    • a1bert · Community · 2021-01-26
    • Ganashal · Community · 2021-01-26
    • Cavalier281 · Community · 2017-12-29
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2017-12-29

    Yes — an open door doesn't block anything, so if a clear line passes through the doorway you have line of sight (and range is counted through the door hex).

    What is the difference between an attack and an attack action?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-11-06
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-26
    • Antonio8080 · Community · 2017-03-14
    • PaulGrogan · Community · 2017-03-14
    • aflorin · Community · 2017-02-26disagrees

    An attack is one target and one modifier draw. An attack action is every attack made by one action (the top or bottom half of a card), so effects that apply to the attack action apply to each of those attacks.

    Can I melee attack an enemy on the other side of the wall line between two map tiles?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-01-09
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-09
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Attack
    • ManWithBirdLikeWing · Community · 2017-02-09
    • cmedic65 · Community · 2017-02-09
    • aflorin · Community · 2017-02-09disagrees

    No — two hexes separated by a wall line aren't adjacent, so a single-target melee attack can't reach across it.

    Does a ranged attack made from an adjacent hex count as melee for effects like Purifying Aura's retaliate?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Robyrt · Community · 2018-06-11
    • Tikatoy · Community · 2018-06-11
    • CrashTestDummy · Community · 2018-09-09
    • jkglife · Community · 2018-09-09

    No — an attack with a Range is ranged wherever the attacker stands, so effects that trigger only on melee attacks ignore it.

    Can I split an attack's damage between two enemies?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • LAMBOVENENO · Community · 2020-04-15
    • vvojtas · Community · 2020-04-15
    • iklinck · Community · 2023-12-15
    • Kampfwichtel · Community · 2023-12-15

    No — a single-target attack deals all its damage to its one target. Hitting more enemies takes a Target value or an area pattern.

    When must I decide to add an item or other effect to an attack?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-06-13
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Character Damage, Healing, Exhaustion, Items

    Before you draw the attack modifier — any active choice to boost an attack (items, element consumption, card effects) must be made first.

    Does an attack that targets an enemy "at any range" still need line of sight?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Ender02 · Community · 2026-09-12
    • Chrisboote · Community · 2026-09-27

    Yes — "any range" removes only the range limit; every attack still needs line of sight.

    When another character grants me an attack, do my own attack bonuses apply?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • langeweile · Community · 2019-07-11
    • squegeeboo · Community · 2019-07-11
    • Jack Spirio · Community · 2020-10-05
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-10-06

    Generally yes — it is your attack, so your persistent bonuses and conditions on the target apply. A figure with no deck of its own, like Hail, uses the granting character's deck.

    Advantage and Disadvantage

    Does a ranged attack against an adjacent enemy have disadvantage, and is it still a ranged attack?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-19
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2016-11-21
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Advantage and Disadvantage
    • Archr · Community · 2016-11-18
    • mafoe · Community · 2017-04-19
    • Faranim · Community · 2016-11-18disagrees

    Yes to both — any attack that lists a Range is a ranged attack, including Range 1, and it gains Disadvantage against an adjacent target. It stays ranged for every other purpose too.

    If an enemy is adjacent to me, are all my ranged attacks at disadvantage?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-08
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2015-09-19
    • Trondster · Community · 2017-11-18
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-02-26
    • philmcd · Community · 2017-02-26
    • bobweekend · Community · 2017-02-12disagrees

    No — only the attack against the adjacent target has Disadvantage. Each target of a multi-target or area attack is a separate attack, so distant targets are attacked normally.

    What happens when a figure is both Strengthened and Muddled?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-07-03
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-12
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Advantage and Disadvantage
    • Dexter345 · Community · 2018-08-06
    • DobbelB · Community · 2018-08-06
    • Throknor · Community · 2018-08-06

    Both conditions stay, but advantage and disadvantage cancel out, so the figure draws a single modifier card. If it is also disarmed, it can't attack at all.

    How do rolling modifiers work with advantage?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-10
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-03-09
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-03-09
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Advantage and Disadvantage
    • krovasteel · Community · 2017-03-08disagrees
    • robertflatt · Community · 2017-03-08disagrees

    Draw two cards. If neither is rolling, use the better one. If one is rolling, add it to the other card (so a rolling +1 with a Null is still a Null). If both are rolling, keep drawing until a non-rolling card appears and add them all together.

    How do rolling modifiers work with disadvantage?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-12-19
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-12-19
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-12-18
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Advantage and Disadvantage
    • Wibs · Community · 2017-12-19
    • a1bert · Community · 2019-12-30

    Rolling modifiers are ignored entirely, effects included. Draw two cards: if neither is rolling, use the worse; if one is rolling, ignore it and use the other; if both are rolling, keep drawing until a non-rolling card appears and use only that last card.

    With advantage or disadvantage, how do I choose between cards when one has an added effect like Stun?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-02
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-02
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-02-01

    Treat every added effect (condition, element and so on) as positive but of undefined value. If one card is clearly better, for example +1 Stun over +1, use it. If it's ambiguous, such as +0 Stun against +2, use the first card drawn.

    When do I have advantage or disadvantage on an attack?

    The rulebook's "Advantage and Disadvantage" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Advantage and Disadvantage
    • Dexter345 · Community · 2018-02-27
    • Ravendas · Community · 2017-02-01
    • Ronnyknox · Community · 2017-02-01

    Advantage comes only from Strengthen or abilities and items that grant it; disadvantage from Muddle, specific effects, or a ranged attack against an adjacent target. Any advantage plus any disadvantage cancels to a normal draw.

    Area Attacks and Targeting

    How does Add Target (e.g. Backup Ammunition) work with an area-of-effect attack?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-11-27
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-10-16
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-13
    • tricil · Community · 2017-02-02
    • thomast8991 · Community · 2017-02-02disagrees
    • adriannaoshea · Community · 2017-02-22disagrees

    It adds one extra single target, not a second copy of the area. The extra enemy must not already be targeted by the attack and must be within the attack's range — for a melee pattern with a grey hex, that means adjacent to you. It doesn't have to be connected to the area.

    Can my area-of-effect attacks hit my allies?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2015, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2015-09-19
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Area Effects and Multiple Targets
    • aflorin · Community · 2017-02-18
    • Suit Sage · Community · 2017-02-18
    • stevelabny · Community · 2017-05-07
    • SaintHax · Community · 2017-05-08

    No — attacks only ever target enemies, even when an ally stands in the pattern. Only abilities that explicitly say they affect allies or all figures touch them.

    Can I choose the order in which targets of my area or multi-target attack are resolved?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • MrPyro · Community · 2020-08-11
    • Jack Spirio · Community · 2021-01-05
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2021-01-06
    • Kaffedrake · Community · 2020-02-15
    • masterzora · Community · 2020-02-15
    • cycyx · Community · 2017-03-10

    Yes — you pick the order, resolving each target fully (its own modifier draw) before moving to the next.

    Can one area or multi-target attack hit the same enemy twice, such as a multi-hex obstacle?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-06-11
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-02
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-14
    • masterzora · Community · 2019-09-28
    • Joou · Community · 2018-03-21
    • jkglife · Community · 2018-03-21

    No — a single attack ability can target a given figure only once, even if it fills several hexes of the pattern (like a large obstacle with hit points) or the card has an Add Target effect.

    With a Target 3 attack, can I attack fewer than three enemies?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • BalooSJ · Community · 2018-03-11
    • aflorin · Community · 2018-07-20
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-07-20
    • squegeeboo · Community · 2019-12-22
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2019-12-22
    • Shady_Networker · Community · 2018-07-20disagrees

    Yes — Target X means up to X different enemies. You may choose fewer, and you choose each target before drawing its modifier.

    Is an area attack showing a grey hex melee or ranged?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-11
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-07
    • aquillo · Community · 2017-04-25
    • fllicker · Community · 2017-04-24
    • ckevin · Community · 2018-01-01
    • a1bert · Community · 2019-12-18

    Melee, as a rule — the grey hex marks the attacker's position, so a monster that normally has range makes a melee attack with that pattern. The designer made one exception: if the action still specifies a Range for that attack, it counts as ranged.

    For a ranged area attack, does every enemy in the pattern have to be in range?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2019.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-05-20
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-06
    • frekol · Community · 2019-05-03
    • wovieknight · Community · 2019-05-03
    • Ganashal · Community · 2022-01-12
    • albcann · Community · 2022-01-12

    No — only one hex of the pattern needs to be within the attack's range, and that hex can even be empty. You still need line of sight to each enemy you attack, and the pattern can be rotated freely.

    If my area attack with Curse hits several monsters, do I add a curse for each target?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Neva Kee · Community · 2017-01-12
    • mhl7 · Community · 2018-02-14
    • Robyrt · Community · 2018-02-14
    • DobbelB · Community · 2020-08-08
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-08-08
    • Lorandar · Community · 2020-01-04

    Yes — each target that is hit and survives adds its own CURSE to the monster modifier deck. A target killed by the attack's damage isn't cursed.

    Can I perform an attack with no enemies to hit, just for its element, XP or to lose the card?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-07-03
    • aflorin · Community · 2017-02-18
    • Dexter345 · Community · 2018-05-12
    • runtsta · Community · 2018-05-12
    • baghaan · Community · 2018-05-12disagrees
    • kzinti · Community · 2017-07-03disagrees

    No — an attack with no valid target can't be performed, so its element, XP and other effects (like Dirt Tornado's muddle on allies) don't happen. You can still play the card and skip the action entirely, which sends it to its normal pile.

    On "Attack 2, Range 3, Target 2, Wound", does the effect apply to both targets?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Jack Spirio · Community · 2019-10-30
    • theCrabbyDice · Community · 2019-10-30
    • joepunman · Community · 2021-12-27
    • jovillal · Community · 2021-12-27
    • Complex · Community · 2018-01-30
    • picklethehutt · Community · 2018-01-30

    Yes — effects listed with an attack apply to every target of that attack. On cards with several separate attack lines, an effect belongs only to the line it's printed on, and the targets of Target X can be anywhere within range.

    In a multi-target attack, are conditional bonuses like Single Out checked for each target separately?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-12-12
    • timmi84 · Community · 2017-12-11
    • alphasquid · Community · 2017-05-04
    • SaintHax · Community · 2017-05-03
    • Zolzar · Community · 2017-05-03
    • DobbelB · Community · 2018-01-01

    Yes — each target is a separate attack, so a conditional bonus (and an item that adds targets) is checked and applied per target.

    Can I push or attack only some enemies with a "target all adjacent enemies" ability?

    Players disagree; this is the better-supported reading, with no official ruling.

    • butakka · Community · 2020-10-16
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2020-10-16
    • DragonC · Community · 2020-01-15
    • Jack Spirio · Community · 2020-01-15
    • Eragem · Community · 2018-10-03disagrees
    • cvega · Community · 2021-02-16disagrees

    No — a "target all" effect applies to every valid enemy, so you either use it on all of them or skip it entirely. Only Target X lets you choose fewer targets.

    Are the separate attacks of an area or multi-target attack resolved at the same time?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2018-02-26
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2018-02-26
    • aflorin · Community · 2018-02-26
    • masterzora · Community · 2018-02-22
    • gabrielrockman1 · Community · 2018-02-26disagrees
    • hooliganj · Community · 2018-02-22disagrees

    No — each target is a separate attack resolved one after another, including its modifier draw, effects and any Retaliate, before you move on to the next.

    Can a melee area attack like Skewer hit an enemy on the other side of a wall?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-19
    • stevelabny · Community · 2017-02-18
    • aflorin · Community · 2017-02-18
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-02-12
    • aflorin · Community · 2017-02-18disagrees
    • Knayr · Community · 2017-02-18disagrees

    Only if you have line of sight to that enemy's hex and it fits the pattern; the pattern itself may overlap walls, but every target still needs line of sight.

    Can I aim an area attack at empty hexes, just to gain its experience?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2019.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-05-20
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-06
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-03-06
    • a1bert · Community · 2019-05-20
    • rees263 · Community · 2020-08-03
    • Oorlam · Community · 2020-08-03disagrees

    The hex used to measure range can be empty, but at least one enemy must be in the pattern for the attack to be performed; an area that hits no one earns no XP.

    Does Target 2 mean two targets in total or two extra targets?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-28
    • Hahma · Community · 2017-03-08
    • codermike · Community · 2017-08-30
    • DMountford · Community · 2017-08-30
    • SaintHax · Community · 2017-02-20
    • yars · Community · 2017-02-20

    Two in total — you attack up to two different enemies. Add Target, by contrast, adds one target on top of what the attack already has.

    Can I mirror an area attack pattern, and how?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-13
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Area Effects and Multiple Targets

    Yes — any rotation or mirror image of the pattern is allowed, but you mirror the whole pattern including the grey attacker hex, not just the red hexes.

    If the attacker dies partway through a multi-target attack, do the remaining attacks happen?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-08-03
    • Gambit001 · Community · 2017-08-03
    • da5idt · Community · 2017-08-03
    • DobbelB · Community · 2017-08-03disagrees

    No — each attack is resolved one at a time, so if the attacker is killed (for example by Retaliate), the remaining targets aren't attacked.

    Push, Pull and Forced Movement

    Can I push or pull a monster onto or through a closed door?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2016-11-05
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2015-09-23
    • a1bert · Community · 2019-08-19
    • DaviddesJ · Community · 2017-10-11
    • mfaulk80 · Community · 2017-10-11

    No — a closed door is a wall until a character willingly enters it, so forced movement can't put any figure onto it or through it, and being pushed never opens a door. A character who jumps or flies onto the door hex does open it, since that is a voluntary move.

    If I push a monster through several traps, does it trigger each one?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Xaqery · Community · 2018-07-01
    • CrashTestDummy · Community · 2018-07-02
    • grishnak4711 · Community · 2018-01-22
    • DMountford · Community · 2018-01-22
    • Jack Spirio · Community · 2019-10-04
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2019-10-04

    Yes — forced movement springs every trap the target enters along the way, one after another (unless the target is flying).

    Does a flying monster pushed or pulled onto a trap trigger it?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2019.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-03-23
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-11-17
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-11
    • countertorque · Community · 2017-03-10
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-03-10
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-04-07

    No — you can push or pull a flying monster into a trap hex, but flying figures are never affected by traps or hazardous terrain, even when moved there by forced movement.

    Can a flying monster be pushed or pulled over obstacles?

    One experienced player's reading, with no official ruling or wider agreement.

    • aflorin · Community · 2018-05-11

    Yes — flying applies to forced movement as well, so a flying figure can be moved across obstacles and other figures, as long as it ends in an empty hex.

    Can I push or pull a monster that has no movement value, like the Ancient Artillery?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • squegeeboo · Community · 2018-02-02
    • Dexter345 · Community · 2019-02-07
    • Mishenka · Community · 2017-12-12
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-03-13
    • thebaker1983 · Community · 2023-03-13

    Yes — the attacker moves the target, so it doesn't need a move value of its own. Such monsters can also be immobilized as normal.

    Can I push or pull an ally, for example with Scoundrel's Smoke Bomb?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-05
    • P0isson · Community · 2017-03-05

    No — push and pull are applied by an attack to its targets, and attacks can only target enemies, so you can't use them on allies.

    Does a push or pull have to go in a straight line?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-11-21
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-11-18
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-11-17
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Attack Effects
    • Ravendas · Community · 2017-02-24
    • squegeeboo · Community · 2017-11-21

    No — you choose each hex separately; every hex of a push just has to move the target farther from you, and every hex of a pull closer to you.

    Can I push or pull an enemy through other figures?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-02
    • aflorin · Community · 2017-02-27
    • frekol · Community · 2018-10-13
    • ChopperDave · Community · 2018-10-13
    • jpolitis · Community · 2017-12-07
    • vvojtas · Community · 2017-12-07

    Through its own allies (other monsters), yes, but not ending in an occupied hex. It can't be moved through your characters or summons, since those are its enemies, unless it is flying.

    Can I push or pull fewer hexes than the listed value?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-11-17
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-13
    • squegeeboo · Community · 2020-07-17
    • OedipussyRex · Community · 2019-05-13
    • albcann · Community · 2019-05-13
    • Jack Spirio · Community · 2020-12-03

    No — you can skip the push or pull entirely, but if you do it you must move the target as far as you are able, up to the full value.

    When pushing, can I steer the target into an obstacle or wall to end the push early?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-12-09
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-05-14superseded
    • mrakomor · Community · 2017-12-06
    • mhl7 · Community · 2017-12-06
    • Sadgit · Community · 2017-12-06disagrees
    • mccrispy · Community · 2017-12-06disagrees

    Only within the rules for each step: at every hex of the push, if there is a valid hex farther away you must move the target into one, but you may pick a hex from which the push can't continue. You can't stop early against a blocked hex while a valid hex is available. An early designer reply allowing any direction was replaced by this FAQ wording.

    When a monster pushes or pulls my character and several hexes are valid, who chooses?

    Players' reading of the ambiguity rule; no ruling on this exact case, and one player disagrees.

    • mccrispy · Community · 2017-12-08
    • wimble · Community · 2017-12-06
    • Benkyo · Community · 2018-07-11
    • hooliganj · Community · 2018-07-11
    • Bowmangr · Community · 2017-12-08disagrees

    The players — monsters make no choice here, so the ambiguity rule applies and the players pick among the legal hexes.

    Does swapping positions with a figure count as forced movement?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-07-24
    • TrangVP · Community · 2017-07-24

    Yes — swapping is forced movement, so figures immune to forced movement can't be swapped.

    How is "farther away" measured for a push?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-30
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-30
    • logris · Community · 2017-03-30
    • cbrua · Community · 2017-03-30disagrees

    By proximity — hexes counted around walls but ignoring obstacles. So you can push a monster around a corner, but a hex that is only "farther" because an obstacle lengthens the path doesn't qualify.

    Does "Attack X, Range 3, Pull 2" let me pull a different enemy than the one I attack?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2019.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-04-07
    • Jack Spirio · Community · 2019-04-07

    No — a pull printed as part of the attack applies to the attacked target.

    Conditions

    Does Poison's +1 damage get reduced by the target's Shield?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-10
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Conditions
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-02-10
    • Fenaughty · Community · 2017-11-15
    • DobbelB · Community · 2017-11-15
    • mfaulk80 · Community · 2018-01-27

    Yes — Poison simply adds +1 to the attack, and the target's Shield is subtracted afterwards like any other attack. For example, Attack 2 against a poisoned monster with Shield 1 becomes Attack 3, then the modifier card is applied, then Shield 1 is subtracted: 2 damage on a +0.

    Does Poison add damage to Wound, trap damage or Retaliate?

    The rulebook's "Conditions" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Conditions
    • ahmadms · Community · 2017-10-17
    • Ravendas · Community · 2017-10-17
    • iklinck · Community · 2021-02-11
    • a1bert · Community · 2021-02-11
    • LorryMoller · Community · 2020-11-03

    No — Poison only adds +1 to attacks against the figure. Wound, trap and hazardous terrain damage and Retaliate aren't attacks, so Poison doesn't affect them.

    Does a stunned or disarmed monster still retaliate?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2019.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-11-21
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-26
    • aflorin · Community · 2017-03-18
    • PhilP · Community · 2017-02-27
    • liamrobmac · Community · 2019-07-17disagrees

    Yes, if the Retaliate is already active. Retaliate on the stat card always applies, and Retaliate from an ability card stays up if the monster performed it before being stunned. A monster stunned before its turn never gains its ability card's Retaliate. Disarm doesn't affect Retaliate at all, since Retaliate isn't an attack.

    What does a stunned monster do on its turn?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-11-18
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-09-28
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-03
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Conditions
    • MontyCrisco · Community · 2015-09-20
    • coblackmagus · Community · 2015-09-20

    Nothing — a stunned figure performs none of its abilities, including move, attack, infusing elements or shields on its ability card. If it was stunned after it already acted, it skips its turn in the next round instead.

    Do conditions and effects on an attack still apply if it deals 0 damage or I draw a Null?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-12-09
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-10
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-02-01
    • geicsge · Community · 2017-02-15
    • belborough · Community · 2017-03-06
    • Sistani · Community · 2018-07-22

    Yes — a Null or a fully shielded hit is still an attack, so its conditions, push/pull and other added effects still apply, and XP for the action is still earned.

    Can an invisible figure be hit by an area-of-effect attack?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • a1bert · Community · 2020-09-24
    • mhl7 · Community · 2020-09-24
    • kimgoldbaek · Community · 2018-09-14
    • Dulkal · Community · 2018-09-14
    • RemiBureau · Community · 2017-03-08
    • icelock · Community · 2017-03-08

    No — every enemy in an area attack is targeted, and invisible figures can't be targeted by enemies, so they are skipped even when the pattern covers their hex.

    If Wound and a start-of-turn heal trigger together, which happens first?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-06-19
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-10superseded
    • Arkest · Community · 2019-01-25
    • aflorin · Community · 2019-01-25
    • carkara · Community · 2017-05-24disagrees
    • TrangVP · Community · 2017-07-27disagrees

    The players decide. A 2017 designer answer put the wound damage first, but the designers later ruled that simultaneous start-of-turn effects resolve in the order the players choose, and the official FAQ follows that.

    Can an immobilized or stunned figure be pushed or pulled?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-02
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Conditions
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-02-23
    • Gambit001 · Community · 2017-02-24
    • Stryker1979 · Community · 2017-11-30
    • Daemon6 · Community · 2017-11-30disagrees

    Yes — Immobilize only stops a figure from performing move abilities, and Stun stops it from performing abilities at all. Push and pull are performed by the attacker, so they still work.

    If I stun a monster before it acts this round, how long is it stunned?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-10-16
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Conditions
    • Sarimrune · Community · 2017-10-16
    • Jjdelanoche · Community · 2018-04-01
    • Chipacabra · Community · 2018-04-01
    • albcann · Community · 2018-02-12

    Until the end of its next turn, which is its turn this same round — so it loses this round's turn and acts normally next round. Stun applied after it has already acted lasts through its turn next round.

    If I gain Strengthen, Invisible or another one-turn condition during my own turn, how long does it last?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-04-16
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-16
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-11
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Conditions
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2023-03-07
    • deanalank · Community · 2023-03-06

    It takes effect immediately and lasts until the end of your next turn, so it covers the rest of this turn and all of your next one.

    Does the Poison applied by an attack add +1 to that same attack?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-05
    • Morthai · Designer · 2016-01-06
    • frekol · Community · 2018-08-13
    • verballyinsane · Community · 2018-03-13
    • SteoanK · Community · 2018-01-24
    • Hahma · Community · 2017-03-05

    No — conditions on an attack are applied after its damage, whether they come from the card, an item or a modifier, so that Poison only boosts later attacks. If an ability poisons the target as a separate step before its attack, the +1 does apply.

    When I heal a wounded figure, does the heal still restore hit points, and does it remove Poison too?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-10-17
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-25
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-07
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Conditions
    • Kiedryn · Community · 2017-10-17disagrees
    • DaviddesJ · Community · 2017-01-20disagrees

    Yes — healing a wounded figure removes the Wound and still restores the heal's full value. If the figure is poisoned, though, the heal removes the Poison (and any Wound) but restores no hit points.

    Does immunity to negative conditions protect against Curse?

    The rulebook's "Conditions" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Conditions
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-05-23
    • alecm88 · Community · 2018-05-28
    • thebaker1983 · Community · 2024-12-21
    • a1bert · Community · 2024-12-22

    Yes — CURSE is a negative condition, so immunity prevents new curses being added. Curses already shuffled into the deck stay there.

    Do Poison and Wound wear off at the end of the round?

    The rulebook's "Conditions" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Conditions
    • Zouave · Community · 2017-02-07

    No — they stay on the figure until a heal removes them (or the scenario ends). Only Immobilize, Disarm, Stun, Muddle, Invisible and Strengthen expire on their own.

    Is applying a condition from my attack, like Poison or Stun, optional?

    The rulebook's "Character Turn" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Character Turn
    • SevenSpirits · Community · 2018-02-05

    Yes — a condition on an enemy is a beneficial part of your action, so you may skip it. Only parts that harm you or your allies are mandatory.

    Can allies heal or buff an invisible character?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2015, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2015-10-26
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Conditions
    • jkglife · Community · 2018-05-02
    • Dexter345 · Community · 2018-05-02

    Yes — invisibility only stops enemies from focusing on or targeting the figure; allies can affect it normally.

    If a figure gains immunity to a condition it already has, is the condition removed?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-06-12
    • Dexter345 · Community · 2018-07-10

    Yes — the matching condition token is removed right away. For CURSE, immunity only stops new cards; those already in the deck remain.

    Does invisibility protect against non-targeted effects like "all adjacent figures suffer damage"?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-09
    • aflorin · Community · 2017-11-29
    • SaintHax · Community · 2017-11-28
    • hooliganj · Community · 2019-01-03
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-07-05
    • Trondster · Community · 2020-07-05

    No — invisibility only blocks being focused on or targeted by enemies. Effects that simply make figures in an area suffer damage still hit invisible figures, and Shield doesn't reduce them either.

    If I gain Strengthen again while I already have it, does it refresh?

    The rulebook's "Conditions" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Conditions
    • a1bert · Community · 2021-03-03
    • Scooters76 · Community · 2018-11-14
    • Dexter345 · Community · 2018-11-14

    Yes — a figure can't hold two copies of one condition, but reapplying it refreshes its duration.

    If my first action poisons an enemy, does my second action's attack that turn get the poison bonus?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • alphasquid · Community · 2017-03-22
    • markblasco · Community · 2017-03-22
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-07-13

    Yes — each ability fully resolves before the next, so the Poison is already on the target. The same-turn restriction only applies to elements.

    Does Disarm stop kill abilities, trap placement or other non-attack abilities?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-03-10
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-26
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Conditions
    • countertorque · Community · 2017-03-10
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-03-06

    No — Disarm only stops attacks. Kill effects, placing traps and abilities like "Immobilize all adjacent enemies" that aren't attacks still work.

    When disarmed, can I still use the push, stun or element bonus attached to an attack?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-20
    • nom_ · Community · 2017-02-20
    • csouth154 · Community · 2018-09-09
    • Chipacabra · Community · 2018-09-09
    • ilujito · Community · 2017-11-22
    • Uninvited Guest · Community · 2019-05-01

    No — those effects are part of the attack, and without the attack there is nothing to attach them to.

    Which abilities count as "targeted" for invisibility?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-11-19
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-23
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-22
    • aflorin · Community · 2019-04-28
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-04-18
    • Madmullet · Community · 2019-04-29

    Only abilities that say Target or are attacks. Invisibility blocks enemy attacks and targeted pushes, pulls and conditions, but non-targeted effects, including kill abilities like Petrify that don't target, still work on invisible figures.

    Do Stun, Immobilize and Disarm block abilities granted outside the figure's own turn?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2019.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-04-25
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-12
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-31
    • Haltdeibabbm · Community · 2019-04-25

    Yes — they prevent the matching abilities at any time, not just on the figure's turn, so a stunned or immobilized character can't use a move granted by an ally. The "on your turn" wording was removed by errata.

    When monsters of a type strengthen each other, when does each Strengthen expire?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • TemujinNC · Community · 2019-03-02
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2019-03-02
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2018-12-01
    • jerold_wallis · Community · 2018-12-01

    At the end of the affected figure's next turn. Each monster takes its own turn, so a monster strengthened by an earlier one keeps it through its turn next round; a summon you strengthen keeps it through the summon's next turn.

    When an invisible character long rests, when does invisibility end?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2015.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2015-09-18
    • wildinferno · Community · 2015-09-18

    At the end of the character's next turn, which is the long rest turn at initiative 99.

    Elements

    Can I consume an element I infused earlier on the same turn?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-06-24
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-01-12
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-07-14
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Elemental Infusions
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-07-13superseded
    • wimble · Community · 2018-01-12

    No — anything you infuse, whether from an ability card, an item like a Mana Potion, or an attack modifier, only moves to Strong at the end of your turn. Extra actions taken during your turn (such as from a Ring of Haste) can't use it either.

    Can I consume an element and infuse the same element on the same turn?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2019.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-01-17
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-02-05
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-02-05
    • ExPat · Community · 2018-03-07
    • SlawoS · Community · 2018-03-08
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-07-04

    Yes — you consume the element that is already on the board for its bonus, and your own infusion of it still lands in Strong at the end of your turn.

    Can two of my abilities or items both consume the same element on one turn?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • JayJ79 · Community · 2019-04-25
    • Jack Spirio · Community · 2019-04-25
    • Daemon6 · Community · 2018-03-15
    • kornetmuse · Community · 2018-03-15
    • SlawoS · Community · 2018-07-04
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-07-03

    No — an element is used up the moment one ability consumes it, so only one of them gets the bonus unless the element is somehow made available again.

    Do I decide to consume an element for an attack bonus before or after drawing the attack modifier?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-12
    • elkselk · Community · 2020-07-12
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-07-12
    • kzinti · Community · 2018-02-28
    • nom_ · Community · 2018-01-19
    • 5hrike · Community · 2018-01-19

    Before — any bonus added to an attack, including consuming an element, must be declared before you draw the modifier card. You must also actually perform the ability to consume for it.

    Can I infuse an element that is already Strong or Waning?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • MrPyro · Community · 2021-02-09
    • a1bert · Community · 2021-02-09
    • Daemon6 · Community · 2017-11-18
    • swheelock · Community · 2019-10-01
    • Double Dan · Community · 2019-10-01

    Yes — at the end of your turn it simply moves (or stays) in Strong. Each element has only one token, so infusing it again just refreshes it.

    Are element infusions on my ability cards optional?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-04-17
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-04-17
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-13
    • aquillo · Community · 2017-04-16
    • JakobBGG · Community · 2017-04-17disagrees
    • therobbot · Community · 2017-05-22disagrees

    It depends on how the element is printed. An infusion that is an effect of an attack can be skipped like any other attack effect. A stand-alone infusion in the action must be performed if you perform any part of that action. Using the card for the basic Attack 2 or Move 2 creates no element.

    When I consume an element to boost a multi-target attack, does the bonus apply to every target?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • koonopak · Community · 2017-04-02
    • SaintHax · Community · 2017-06-23
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-11-13
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-06-23
    • aflorin · Community · 2017-12-16
    • Daemon6 · Community · 2017-12-16

    Yes — the consumed element modifies the whole attack ability, so every target of that area or Target X attack gets the bonus, including targets added by items like the Battle Axe.

    When during a move can I consume an element to boost it?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-09-29
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-09-29

    At any point — before you start moving or after any hex of the base movement.

    If my summon infuses an element, can I consume it on my turn right after?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • jondifool · Community · 2017-05-15
    • Benkyo · Community · 2018-10-13
    • gabrielrockman1 · Community · 2018-10-13
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-05-14
    • Robyrt · Community · 2018-04-02
    • Joou · Community · 2018-04-02

    Yes — the summon's infusion lands at the end of the summon's own turn, which comes just before yours, so you can consume it. The same-turn restriction applies only to elements you infuse yourself.

    Can I consume an element just for the XP and skip the bonus effect?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-12-01
    • aflorin · Community · 2017-12-01
    • Sadgit · Community · 2017-12-05
    • logris · Community · 2017-10-17
    • Cormac · Community · 2017-10-17
    • Sadgit · Community · 2017-10-18disagrees

    Yes — once you pay the element you gain the XP, and you may skip the added effect, since it's beneficial. You must decide to consume before resolving the attack.

    When an element is consumed while Strong, does it drop to Waning or Inert?

    The rulebook's "Elemental Infusions" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Elemental Infusions
    • Ravendas · Community · 2015-09-05
    • grishnak4711 · Community · 2017-12-05
    • Willottica · Community · 2017-12-05

    Inert — consuming uses the element up completely, whether it was Strong or Waning.

    With the multi-coloured "any element" symbol, how many elements can I consume?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2015.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2015-09-23
    • vlesperance · Community · 2018-04-26
    • Ashamel · Community · 2018-04-26
    • alecm88 · Community · 2018-05-18
    • therobbot · Community · 2018-05-19
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2018-08-26

    One — it stands for any single element of your choice, including the one the card creates.

    On cards like Spellweaver's Frost Armor or Mana Bolt, do I only get the XP if I consume the element?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Joou · Community · 2018-01-06
    • Jittle · Community · 2018-01-20
    • Trondster · Community · 2018-01-20

    Yes — on those cards the XP is part of the element bonus, so you earn it only by consuming. "Attack +1" there adds damage, not an extra attack.

    On a card with several element-consumption bonuses, must I consume them in order?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2019.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-01-03
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2019-09-15
    • Madmullet · Community · 2019-09-15
    • Dexter345 · Community · 2019-01-03

    No — each consumption line is its own optional bonus, so you can consume any of them, all, or none, as available.

    Must I consume an element for a persistent ability that says "you may"?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • xvatat · Community · 2020-03-21
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-03-21
    • redhexapus · Community · 2018-10-20
    • mhl7 · Community · 2018-10-20

    No — "you may" makes the consumption optional, and the card's own wording takes precedence over the general rule that persistent bonuses must be used.

    Can an element be Strong twice, or do two figures with the same initiative share a turn?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-02-12
    • Thagor · Community · 2017-02-12
    • PaulGrogan · Community · 2017-02-12

    No to both — there's one token per element, and every figure takes its own turn.

    Active Bonuses

    Can I end a persistent effect or dismiss a summon by removing its card from my active area?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-05
    • valpocarnie · Community · 2017-03-05

    Yes — you may move a card out of your active area at any time. It goes to the pile it normally would (lost for summons and lost-icon cards, otherwise discard).

    Does a persistent card that triggers "at the end of your next X turns" trigger on the turn it's played?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-05-11
    • masterzora · Community · 2019-02-07
    • Joou · Community · 2018-03-26
    • nickk88 · Community · 2017-05-11disagrees
    • CrashTestDummy · Community · 2019-02-07disagrees

    Yes — the current turn counts as the first, and a charge is used (and XP gained) each turn even if there's no valid target.

    Do persistent abilities like the Sunkeeper's Defensive Stance give XP every round they are active?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2018-05-30
    • PhilGreenfly · Community · 2018-05-30
    • rashktah · Community · 2017-12-04
    • Vedarta · Community · 2017-11-16
    • TrangVP · Community · 2017-11-17

    No — the XP is gained once when the card is played; only use slots that show XP icons give more. Likewise an enhancement like Strengthen on a persistent card applies once when played, not every round.

    How do round bonuses that buff adjacent allies, like the Tinkerer's Enhancement Field, work?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Opticus · Community · 2017-02-06
    • Blossercubbles · Community · 2017-02-06
    • Yostage · Community · 2017-02-06
    • Painkeeper · Community · 2016-07-08
    • Squatting Monkey · Community · 2017-02-06disagrees

    They're auras centred on you for the rest of the round: any ally adjacent to you when making an attack gets the bonus.

    Does a persistent ability use a charge when it triggers but does nothing useful?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-11-08
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-27
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Active Bonuses
    • wimble · Community · 2017-11-08
    • elayeth · Community · 2017-11-08disagrees

    Yes — a charge is used whenever the card's own trigger condition is met, whether or not the effect helps. The designer ruled that the Cragheart's "Retaliate on the next melee attacks" is spent on any melee attack, even one where the Retaliate can't reach the attacker. If the card's condition isn't met, no charge is used, and when it is met you must use it.

    Does an effect worded "the next time" trigger on every attack that round?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-27
    • mournful · Community · 2017-02-27

    No — "the next time" triggers only once.

    When does a round bonus become active — at card selection or when I play it?

    The rulebook's "Active Bonuses" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Active Bonuses
    • alphasquid · Community · 2017-03-13
    • Hahma · Community · 2017-03-13

    When you perform it on your turn; it lasts until the end of the round.

    Where does the use token start on a persistent card, and when do I gain its XP?

    The rulebook's "Active Bonuses" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Active Bonuses
    • a1bert · Community · 2021-03-22
    • Jack Spirio · Community · 2021-03-23
    • daimpi · Community · 2018-08-04
    • Hoodlumman · Community · 2018-08-04
    • jsciv · Community · 2017-12-16

    Place the token on the first space when you play the card and advance it each time the effect triggers. XP on a space is gained when that charge is used, that is, when the effect triggers and the token moves off it; you don't get it just for playing the card.

    When does a persistent lost card with no charges go to the lost pile?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-12-07
    • Geoff Watson · Community · 2020-03-29
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-03-29
    • AoiTori · Community · 2020-02-18
    • aflorin · Community · 2017-12-12
    • DarkestSoul049 · Community · 2017-12-12

    Only when the scenario ends or you choose to remove it. Until then it stays active in your active area, and you can move it to the lost pile at any time.

    Shield, Retaliate and Heal

    How long do Shield and Retaliate from a character's ability card last?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-03-18
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-26
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-20
    • Rad80 · Community · 2019-02-27
    • jkglife · Community · 2019-02-27
    • VagueKatti · Community · 2018-07-28

    It depends on the symbol next to it: with a round bonus symbol it lasts until the end of the round and applies against every attack in that time, and with a persistent symbol it lasts until the card's charges or condition run out. Unless the card says "next attack" or uses charges, a Shield is not used up by the first hit. Shield or Retaliate printed on a monster's stat card is permanent.

    Does Shield reduce damage from Retaliate, Wound, or traps?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-11-20
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-11-19
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2016-07-07
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Shield, Retaliate, Heal, Summon
    • iklinck · Community · 2021-06-17
    • Ananda74 · Community · 2017-11-19disagrees

    No — Shield only reduces damage from attacks. Retaliate, Wound, traps, hazardous terrain and other "suffer damage" effects aren't attacks, so they ignore Shield (and attack-only armor such as Hide Armor).

    Does Retaliate trigger against ranged attacks?

    The rulebook's "Shield, Retaliate, Heal, Summon" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Shield, Retaliate, Heal, Summon
    • Trondster · Community · 2017-12-17
    • jkglife · Community · 2018-02-03
    • masterzora · Community · 2017-11-10
    • Snooches · Community · 2017-11-10
    • nicktenny · Community · 2019-08-30

    Only if the attacker is within the Retaliate's range. Plain Retaliate has range 1, so it hits any adjacent attacker whether the attack is melee or ranged; Retaliate with a listed Range (like the Flame Demon's) reaches further.

    Do Shield and Retaliate bonuses from different sources stack?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-27
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-11
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Shield, Retaliate, Heal, Summon
    • Slonk · Community · 2018-03-10
    • runtsta · Community · 2018-03-10
    • CodenameGreyFox · Community · 2018-01-08

    Yes — Shield values from cards, items and stat cards add together, and so do Retaliate values, each Retaliate applying only if the attacker is within its own range.

    Does Retaliate hit me if my attack pushes the monster away?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-06-29
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-11-21
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-08
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-07-12
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2020-04-07
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-04-07

    No, if the push is part of the attack — Retaliate triggers after all of the attack's effects, so if your push moves the target out of its Retaliate range it doesn't retaliate, and if you pull it into range it does. A push printed as a separate ability after the attack comes too late: the Retaliate has already triggered.

    Does Retaliate draw an attack modifier card?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2015.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2015-11-11
    • kolarius · Community · 2016-11-20

    No — Retaliate isn't an attack, so it deals exactly its printed value with no modifier draw.

    Does Retaliate damage an invisible attacker?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Garou · Community · 2017-03-02
    • belborough · Community · 2018-03-15
    • countertorque · Community · 2017-02-28

    Yes — Retaliate doesn't target, so it still damages an attacker who is invisible.

    Is Retaliate or trap damage changed by attack modifiers or Shield?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2015.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2015-09-19
    • ReinhartTR · Community · 2015-09-19

    No — both are plain damage, not attacks, so no modifier card is drawn and Shield doesn't reduce them.

    Can a heal with a range, like the Mindthief's, heal the healer?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-06-05
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-01-25
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-01-13
    • RemiBureau · Community · 2017-04-25
    • ecm85 · Community · 2017-06-05

    Yes — a figure is within range of itself, so a plain "Heal X, Range Y" can target you unless it says allies only.

    Does a standalone condition ability with no attack trigger an enemy's Retaliate?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • jamesthecmo · Community · 2026-01-09
    • a1bert · Community · 2026-01-09
    • Madmullet · Community · 2025-11-29
    • Chrisboote · Community · 2025-12-01
    • artox · Community · 2021-03-23

    No — Retaliate only triggers on attacks, so an ability that just applies a condition doesn't set it off. Area attacks do trigger it when you're in range.

    Can a "Heal X, Self" ability heal my summon?

    One experienced player's reading, with no official ruling or wider agreement.

    • a1bert · Community · 2022-07-30

    No — Self means only the figure performing it. To heal a summon you need a heal with a range.

    Can I refuse a heal from an ally?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • squegeeboo · Community · 2018-01-30
    • swheelock · Community · 2018-01-30
    • Bearhug78 · Community · 2018-01-21
    • ciriquen · Community · 2018-01-22

    No — the healer may choose not to heal you, but as the target you can't decline it.

    If an action is Attack then Heal Self and the target has Retaliate, does the Retaliate damage come before the heal?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Madmullet · Community · 2022-11-03
    • Dexter345 · Community · 2018-01-23
    • Gambit001 · Community · 2018-01-23

    Yes — abilities resolve in order, and Retaliate resolves as part of the attack, before the heal that follows it.

    With several shield or damage-reduction bonuses active, which do I use first, and must I use them all?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-05
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-04-29
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2020-04-06
    • runtsta · Community · 2018-05-06
    • m_ender · Community · 2018-05-06

    You choose the order. Once the damage is reduced to 0, the remaining charge-based effects aren't used.

    Can I heal a figure at full health to get the XP?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-25

    Yes — you may heal someone at full health and still gain the XP for performing the heal, or you may skip the heal entirely (losing its XP).

    Does Retaliate deal damage if the retaliating figure is killed by the attack?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2015, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2015-09-27
    • Morthai · Designer · 2015-09-27
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Shield, Retaliate, Heal, Summon
    • wildinferno · Community · 2015-09-27disagrees

    No — Retaliate triggers after the attack, so a figure killed by that attack never retaliates.

    Does a heal attached to my attack happen before or after the target's Retaliate?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-06-30
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-06-29
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-06-29
    • CrashTestDummy · Community · 2018-07-04
    • CrashTestDummy · Community · 2018-06-29disagrees
    • Dexter345 · Community · 2018-06-29disagrees

    After — the attack resolves fully first, including its effects and the Retaliate damage, and then the heal applies.

    Can healing take a figure above its maximum hit points?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-06-26
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Character Damage, Healing, Exhaustion, Items
    • Xaqery · Community · 2018-03-13
    • mhl7 · Community · 2018-03-13
    • daimpi · Community · 2018-10-27
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-10-27

    No — healing never raises a character or monster above its maximum; the excess is lost. A monster summoned with fewer hit points can, however, heal up to its type's normal maximum.

    Summons

    Does a summon act in the round it is summoned?

    The rulebook's "Shield, Retaliate, Heal, Summon" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Shield, Retaliate, Heal, Summon
    • jsciv · Community · 2017-11-28
    • albcann · Community · 2017-11-28
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-05-21
    • MikeKBennett · Community · 2017-05-22
    • dud3k · Community · 2020-11-02

    No — character summons and monster-summoned monsters never take a turn in the round they appear. From the next round on, a character's summon acts directly before its summoner.

    When does a summon act in the initiative order, and in what order do several summons act?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2018-06-01
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-05-11
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-22
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Shield, Retaliate, Heal, Summon
    • murteas · Community · 2017-11-28
    • jerold_wallis · Community · 2017-11-28disagrees

    Each summon acts immediately before its summoner, at the summoner's initiative — including 99 when the summoner long rests. Multiple summons act in the order they were summoned.

    Does a summon move before it attacks, and do I control it?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-13
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Shield, Retaliate, Heal, Summon
    • SlawoS · Community · 2018-03-15
    • Timbo_ · Community · 2018-03-15
    • RustyBaker · Community · 2018-03-24

    A summon always acts like a monster with "Move +0, Attack +0": it focuses, moves, then attacks, never attacking first. You only control it when an ability explicitly says so.

    Do summons move when there are no enemies they can focus on?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-12-02
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-04-04
    • kgreene2343 · Community · 2017-04-04
    • masterzora · Community · 2019-11-14
    • oughgh · Community · 2019-11-14
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-02-11

    No — summons follow monster rules, so with no valid focus (for example, no enemies revealed) they stay where they are instead of following you.

    Can summons be healed?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-04-04
    • albcann · Community · 2023-02-13
    • nicktenny · Community · 2020-04-12
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-04-12
    • kgreene2343 · Community · 2017-04-04
    • perer005 · Community · 2017-11-17

    Yes — character summons are allies, so any heal that can affect allies can heal them, up to their maximum hit points.

    Can summons open doors or loot?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-02
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-03-31
    • DaviddesJ · Community · 2017-10-01
    • wimble · Community · 2017-10-01
    • Johannesson · Community · 2017-10-02
    • hooliganj · Community · 2024-12-16

    No — only characters can open doors, and summons never loot unless an ability specifically grants them Loot. For a summon a closed door is a wall.

    What happens to a character's summons when the character becomes exhausted?

    The rulebook's "Shield, Retaliate, Heal, Summon" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Shield, Retaliate, Heal, Summon
    • stevelabny · Community · 2017-11-13
    • Uberdemnebelmeer · Community · 2017-11-13
    • JimA759 · Community · 2023-02-21
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-02-21
    • lbastou · Community · 2017-08-30

    They are removed along with the character. Monsters summoned by monsters are unaffected by anything like this.

    What happens when a character's summon is cursed or blessed?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-20
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Shield, Retaliate, Heal, Summon
    • JakobBGG · Community · 2017-05-17
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-05-17
    • Jack Spirio · Community · 2019-01-07
    • Dexter345 · Community · 2019-01-07

    The CURSE or BLESS card goes into the summoner's attack modifier deck, because summons draw from their owner's deck.

    Can I place a summon onto a trap to spring it?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-16
    • kornetmuse · Community · 2018-04-11

    No — a summon must be placed in an empty hex, and a trap hex isn't empty, flying summon or not.

    What does a "-" attack value on a summon (like the Decoy) mean?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-06-12
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-09
    • alphasquid · Community · 2017-06-12
    • Stryker1979 · Community · 2017-12-22
    • DobbelB · Community · 2017-12-22
    • killblue2 · Community · 2017-10-28

    The summon never attacks on its own turn, and "+X Attack" bonuses do nothing for it. A character ability can still order it to perform a specific attack.

    Does removing a summon's card from play trigger the summon's on-death effects?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Daemon6 · Community · 2017-07-07
    • Painkeeper · Community · 2017-07-07
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2018-11-11
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-11-11

    No — on-death effects only trigger when the summon is killed by losing all its hit points; removing the card or exhausting just removes it.

    When do conditions on a summon wear off?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • RyanH · Community · 2017-03-30
    • Adherin1 · Community · 2017-03-30
    • frekol · Community · 2018-07-24
    • Dexter345 · Community · 2018-07-24
    • DobbelB · Community · 2024-04-11
    • a1bert · Community · 2024-04-11

    At the end of the summon's own next turn, which comes just before its summoner's turn — not at the end of the summoner's turn.

    Can I bless or buff another player's summons?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-11
    • squegeeboo · Community · 2019-06-21
    • aflorin · Community · 2017-03-20
    • Jack Spirio · Community · 2020-02-15
    • Charian · Community · 2019-08-26
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-12-03

    Yes — another player's summons are your allies, so ally-affecting abilities work on them. Cards that say "your summoned ally" only affect your own.

    Do summons use their summoner's attack modifier deck and active bonuses?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2015, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2015-09-27
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2015-09-26
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Shield, Retaliate, Heal, Summon

    They draw from and share their summoner's attack modifier deck, but they don't benefit from the summoner's own active bonuses unless a card says it affects summons.

    When a summon has two equally close monsters to focus on, which does it choose?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • midgar · Community · 2017-12-10
    • perer005 · Community · 2017-12-11
    • aflorin · Community · 2017-12-12
    • Jack Spirio · Community · 2020-12-06
    • Charian · Community · 2020-12-07
    • mccrispy · Community · 2017-12-11disagrees

    It uses monster focus rules: the one earlier in initiative order wins, which for one monster type means elites before normals, then lower standee numbers.

    Do summons avoid traps when choosing a focus and moving?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-27
    • koonopak · Community · 2017-04-27
    • oughgh · Community · 2020-08-27
    • jesscar · Community · 2019-12-27
    • nukesniper · Community · 2019-12-27
    • Jlerpy · Community · 2020-08-27disagrees

    Yes — summons use monster AI, so they treat traps and hazardous terrain as obstacles unless that is the only way to reach their focus.

    When do I gain the XP on a summon card like Aid from the Ether?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • squegeeboo · Community · 2020-01-18
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-01-18
    • m_ender · Community · 2018-09-06
    • frekol · Community · 2018-09-06

    Once, when you play the card — not each round or when the summon dies.

    Can I remove my summon or another active card whenever I want, even off my turn?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • squegeeboo · Community · 2019-12-28
    • Xaqery · Community · 2019-12-28
    • Nicholas M · Community · 2017-10-12
    • TrangVP · Community · 2017-10-12
    • alphasquid · Community · 2017-05-19
    • Felkor · Community · 2017-05-19

    Yes — you may remove any card from your active area at any time. A summon card then goes to the lost pile, and you can't return it to your hand.

    Does the Wound on a summon card belong to its Attack or its Retaliate?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • a1bert · Community · 2020-12-17
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-12-17

    Its Attack — Wound is an attack effect applied to the summon's targets.

    How many summon tokens do cards like Living Night or Endless Spikes place?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2019.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-07-09
    • Madmullet · Community · 2019-10-06
    • squegeeboo · Community · 2019-10-07
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2019-07-09

    One per figure summoned — Living Night places two and Endless Spikes three, each a separate summon with the card's stats.

    Can an ability that lets an ally recover cards target a summon?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • a1bert · Community · 2020-04-17
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2020-04-17
    • Ryaneko · Community · 2019-03-07
    • DobbelB · Community · 2022-07-23

    No — summons have no hand, discard or lost pile, so it does nothing for them or their owner.

    Loot, Experience and Recovery

    Do summons or monsters pick up money tokens they end their turn on?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-11-19
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-04-04
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-11
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Recover, Refresh, Loot, and Experience
    • Trondster · Community · 2017-11-18
    • kgreene2343 · Community · 2017-04-04

    No — end-of-turn looting is for characters only. Summons and monsters only pick up coins with an explicit Loot ability (and monsters only take money tokens, never treasure).

    Do I have to pick up a money token if I end my turn on it?

    The rulebook says a character must loot any tokens in their hex at the end of their turn.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Recover, Refresh, Loot, and Experience
    • P0isson · Community · 2017-03-05
    • alphasquid · Community · 2017-03-05
    • Neva Kee · Community · 2017-02-13
    • Terminus_Est · Community · 2017-02-13

    Yes — end-of-turn looting is mandatory, even if a battle goal or other reason makes you want to leave it.

    Can I choose not to gain the experience from an ability?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-27
    • soakman · Community · 2017-02-27
    • Joou · Community · 2018-03-27
    • ShinyFirefly · Community · 2018-03-27
    • coblackmagus · Community · 2017-02-27disagrees

    No — experience is a byproduct of performing the ability, not an option. The only way to avoid it is to not perform the ability that grants it.

    Do characters gain experience for killing monsters?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-02-12
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-02-10
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Recover, Refresh, Loot, and Experience
    • PhilP · Community · 2017-02-10
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-07-20
    • tonyc3742 · Community · 2020-07-20

    No — experience comes only from XP icons on the abilities you perform (and persistent-bonus charges), plus the bonus experience for completing a scenario.

    Can I skip part of an ability and still gain its experience?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-12
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-11

    Yes — you can skip any part of an action except a part that harms you or your allies, and you still gain the XP for the part you did perform.

    Do I pick up coins by moving through their hex?

    The rulebook's "Recover, Refresh, Loot, and Experience" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Recover, Refresh, Loot, and Experience
    • aflorin · Community · 2018-03-06
    • JimA759 · Community · 2018-03-06
    • squegeeboo · Community · 2021-05-11
    • Madmullet · Community · 2020-07-05
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-07-05

    No — without a Loot ability you only pick up tokens in the hex where you end your turn. Passing through a hex leaves the coin behind.

    How do I find out what is in a treasure chest?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-02-02
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Overlay Tiles
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-02-02
    • squegeeboo · Community · 2018-02-28
    • Xaqery · Community · 2018-02-28

    Look up the number printed by the chest on the scenario map in the treasure index at the back of the Scenario Book; goal treasure tiles are explained in the scenario's own text.

    Can my second action recover the lost card I just played for my first action this turn?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2016.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2016-07-12
    • dado21780 · Community · 2016-07-12
    • mrakomor · Community · 2016-07-12
    • Guti_ · Community · 2017-02-04
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-05-09
    • alphasquid · Community · 2017-03-13

    Yes — each card goes to its pile as soon as its action is finished, so the first card is already in your lost pile when your second action recovers.

    Can Loot 1 pick up a coin on the other side of a wall next to me?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-09
    • Ravendas · Community · 2017-02-09
    • rlphay · Community · 2017-02-09
    • Olvenskol · Community · 2017-02-09

    No — hexes separated by a wall aren't adjacent; that hex is at least range 2 (counted around through the door), even if you can see it.

    Can I perform a Loot ability with nothing in range, for example to infuse its element?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • geosporin · Community · 2022-02-21
    • a1bert · Community · 2022-02-21
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-10-13
    • csouth154 · Community · 2018-10-13disagrees

    No — a Loot ability needs something to loot. With nothing in range you can't perform it, so its element and XP don't happen (you can still use the card as a basic Move 2).

    Where does the money token go when a flying monster dies over an obstacle?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • gabrielrockman1 · Community · 2018-07-07
    • Jlerpy · Community · 2018-07-07
    • thebaker1983 · Community · 2018-02-19
    • bazik123 · Community · 2018-02-19

    In the obstacle hex where it died. You need a Loot ability to reach it there.

    After clearing a room, can we spend turns just picking up loot?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Chipacabra · Community · 2018-01-07
    • azrielemantia · Community · 2018-01-21
    • DeS_Tructive · Community · 2018-01-21

    Yes — rounds continue normally with no monsters around, so you can keep playing cards to collect coins before opening the next door, at the cost of cards.

    What blocks a Loot ability's range?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-13
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Recover, Refresh, Loot, and Experience

    Loot range works like a ranged ability: you need line of sight to each hex, and range is counted around walls, but monsters and obstacles don't block it.

    In what order are end-of-turn effects resolved, and does end-of-turn looting come before an item's extra action?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-07-14
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-07-13superseded
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-07-13superseded
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-10-22
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-10-23

    An action granted "at the end of your turn" (such as from a Ring of Haste) happens before end-of-turn looting, so you can't loot and then use the item to move away.

    If I add a target to an attack that gives XP, do I gain extra XP?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-10-16
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-31
    • stevelabny · Community · 2017-10-16
    • Jack Spirio · Community · 2020-01-14
    • CrashTestDummy · Community · 2020-01-14

    No — a flat XP value is gained once for the ability, unless the card says you gain it per target.

    Can an ability that recovers discarded cards recover itself, or recover the other state?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-06
    • gabrielrockman1 · Community · 2018-06-05
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-06-05
    • Olvenskol · Community · 2017-04-05
    • MrTroy · Community · 2017-04-05
    • a1bert · Community · 2022-07-23

    No — a card isn't in the discard pile until its action finishes, so it can't recover itself. Recover and refresh only work on the state they name: a lost-card recover can't take discards, and a consumed-item refresh can't refresh spent items. Summons have no cards to recover.

    If an Add Target modifier adds an enemy to an attack that grants XP per target (like Ink Bomb), do I get XP for it?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-05-30
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-12-07
    • Madmullet · Community · 2021-01-31
    • a1bert · Community · 2021-01-31
    • Jaxxal · Community · 2019-09-06
    • Slow Dog · Community · 2019-09-17disagrees

    Yes — when the card grants XP for each enemy targeted, an added target counts. A flat XP value is still gained only once.

    Do I get the XP on a multi-target ability if only one enemy is in range?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2020-09-26
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-09-26
    • a1bert · Community · 2019-07-28
    • msilve3466 · Community · 2019-07-28
    • Joou · Community · 2018-01-28
    • Dexter345 · Community · 2018-01-28

    Yes — you can use it on fewer targets; a flat XP value is still gained, and "1 XP per enemy targeted" counts every target, including the first.

    If we replay a scenario, is its looted treasure chest still there?

    The rulebook's "Overlay Tiles" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Overlay Tiles
    • hooliganj · Community · 2018-05-09
    • DarkDeveloper · Community · 2018-05-09
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-04-23
    • runtsta · Community · 2018-03-04
    • ShinyFirefly · Community · 2018-03-04

    No — numbered treasures can be looted only once across the campaign (even in casual play, if never looted before). Treasure gold isn't multiplied by the scenario level; only money tokens are.

    Do I loot a treasure chest by ending my turn next to it?

    The rulebook's "Recover, Refresh, Loot, and Experience" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Recover, Refresh, Loot, and Experience
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-05-06

    No — end-of-turn looting takes only what is in your own hex. To open a chest from a distance you need a Loot ability that reaches it.

    If we kill the last enemy before looting a treasure chest, do we still get it?

    The rulebook's "Finishing a Scenario" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Finishing a Scenario
    • fmassie · Community · 2018-06-23
    • Derek999950 · Community · 2018-06-23

    Only if someone loots it before the scenario ends — the rest of the round is still played out, so characters who haven't acted can still reach it.

    Does gold from a treasure tile come as money tokens?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-03-11
    • runtsta · Community · 2018-03-04
    • ShinyFirefly · Community · 2018-03-04

    No — it goes straight onto your character sheet and isn't multiplied by the scenario's gold conversion.

    How do I track which numbered treasure chests have been looted?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-02-27
    • DMountford · Community · 2017-12-18
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2017-12-18
    • demoss1 · Community · 2019-10-13

    Check the box next to the treasure's number in the treasure index at the back of the Scenario Book. The checkbox on a map sticker is for marking the scenario as completed.

    Damage and Exhaustion

    Can I lose cards to negate damage from any source, including wounds, traps and retaliate?

    The rulebook's "Character Damage, Healing, Exhaustion, Items" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Character Damage, Healing, Exhaustion, Items
    • Thinsilver · Community · 2018-03-11
    • QBert80 · Community · 2018-03-11
    • florencka · Community · 2018-01-07
    • jpolitis · Community · 2017-11-20
    • daulnay · Community · 2017-11-21

    Yes — whenever you would suffer damage, you may lose one card from your hand or two from your discard pile to negate all of the damage from that single source, however large. It works on attacks, traps, hazardous terrain, Wound, Retaliate and "suffer damage" effects alike, and you can do it as often as you have cards to lose. Conditions and other effects of the attack still apply.

    Can I lose a card I selected this round, or an active card, to negate damage?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-16
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-16
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2015-09-19
    • m_ender · Community · 2018-07-29
    • hooliganj · Community · 2018-07-29
    • Joou · Community · 2018-07-29

    No — only cards in your hand (lose one) or your discard pile (lose two) can be used to negate damage. The two cards you selected this round aren't in either place until you play them. A card in your active area doesn't count either, but if it isn't a lost card you may move it to your discard pile at any time, and then it does.

    Can I lose a card I just played to negate damage from a trap or treasure I loot on the same turn?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-08-22
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-07
    • aflorin · Community · 2018-08-24
    • Sadgit · Community · 2018-08-22
    • any2cards · Community · 2018-08-22disagrees

    Only once it has been fully resolved — each played card goes to its pile as soon as it is finished. With end-of-turn looting both played cards are already in your discard pile and can be lost; with a Loot action, the card performing the loot isn't resolved yet, so it can't be used.

    If I lose a card to negate damage, do I still have to spend a charge of a shield item or persistent bonus?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-11-28
    • kzinti · Community · 2017-11-28
    • Madmullet · Community · 2018-09-22
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2018-09-22
    • ckessel · Community · 2017-11-28disagrees
    • csouth154 · Community · 2018-09-22disagrees

    No — the designer ruled you may lose a card to negate the damage before using other defensive effects, so the charge on an item like Hide Armor or a persistent bonus is kept. Some players argue shields must apply first, but the ruling lets you choose the order.

    Does an attack that deals 0 damage use up a charge of an effect that triggers on damage?

    Several players agree, one citing the official FAQ's item-use entry.

    • Madmullet · Community · 2019-03-29
    • felipe123 · Community · 2019-03-29
    • SnarksandBoojums · Community · 2019-03-21
    • Daemon6 · Community · 2017-12-27

    No — an attack reduced to 0 damage isn't a source of damage, so "next source of damage" charges (and similar armor) aren't spent on it.

    Who gets credit for a kill by a trap, Wound or an ally's attack?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2019.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-07-09
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-28
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-07
    • Karui_Kage · Community · 2017-02-28
    • aflorin · Community · 2017-03-01
    • soakman · Community · 2017-03-31disagrees

    Whoever lands the killing hit gets the credit, so if your ability lets an ally attack, the ally gets the kill. For a trap, credit goes to whoever caused it to be sprung (for example by pushing the monster in), not whoever placed it; a monster that walks into a trap on its own is nobody's kill. A monster that dies from Wound is nobody's kill either.

    Do instant-kill abilities count as damage, and can they destroy objectives or obstacles with hit points?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-11-18
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-04-07
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-11-18
    • Chipacabra · Community · 2018-11-18
    • Pargrim · Community · 2020-02-23
    • CrashTestDummy · Community · 2020-02-24

    No — unless the ability says "attack", a kill effect is not an attack, and the monster simply dies regardless of its hit points; if you consume an element to turn an attack into a kill "instead", it stops being an attack. The ruling doesn't address objectives, but players agree that obstacles and objectives with hit points can only be destroyed by damage, so instant kills don't work on them.

    Does overkill damage count as damage done, for battle goals or abilities like Cragheart's Blind Destruction?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-12
    • dbaker · Community · 2018-10-14
    • CrashTestDummy · Community · 2020-01-27
    • geosporin · Community · 2022-04-08
    • Ganashal · Community · 2022-04-09

    Yes — the damage done is the full amount after modifiers and shields, even beyond the target's remaining hit points.

    Monster Focus

    What do monsters behind a closed door do when they can't reach anyone?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-10-16
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-19
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-02-18superseded
    • P0isson · Community · 2017-02-23
    • stevelabny · Community · 2017-10-16

    You still draw ability cards for them, but with no path to an enemy they have no focus, so they don't move or attack — they only perform abilities that need no focus, like shields or heals. Summons likewise can't focus through a closed door.

    Do monsters need line of sight to a character to focus on it?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-04-24
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-04-04
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-03-27
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Monster Turn
    • wimble · Community · 2017-04-24
    • Olvenskol · Community · 2017-04-04

    No — focus ignores line of sight. A monster focuses on the enemy it could attack using the least movement, assuming unlimited movement along a valid path; line of sight only matters for the attack itself.

    If a summon and its summoner are equally close to a monster, which does it focus on?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2019, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-01-09
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Monster Turn
    • BenjoBaker · Community · 2017-02-22
    • LuckyGoesHappy · Community · 2019-01-20
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2019-01-20
    • ecm85 · Community · 2017-10-30disagrees

    The summon — summons act just before their summoner, so they win the initiative tiebreak. If two long-resting characters tie, both at 99, the players decide.

    Will a ranged monster focus on an adjacent character even though it would attack with disadvantage?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2016, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2016-11-05
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Monster Turn
    • PaulGrogan · Community · 2016-11-05
    • Trondster · Community · 2020-09-28
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-09-28
    • neotrunks2002 · Community · 2017-05-03

    Yes — disadvantage plays no part in choosing focus. If several enemies can be attacked without moving, the closest one is the focus, even an adjacent one. The monster then steps away if its card lets it; if it can't (immobilized or no move), it attacks that focus with disadvantage.

    How does a monster break ties when choosing its focus?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2019, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-08-13
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-12-17
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-10
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Monster Turn
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-12-17superseded
    • SpiritReacher · Community · 2017-12-17disagrees

    First the enemy it can attack using the fewest movement points; then proximity (fewest hexes away, counted around walls but ignoring obstacles); then the earliest in initiative order. If still tied, the players choose. A 2017 designer reply briefly put initiative before proximity but was retracted the same day.

    If every hex next to a character is occupied, will other melee monsters still move toward it?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-03
    • Khift · Community · 2017-04-03
    • Terminus_Est · Community · 2017-04-03
    • jsciv · Community · 2017-04-04
    • Aganerral · Community · 2017-04-03disagrees
    • kzinti · Community · 2017-04-03disagrees

    No — a monster needs an open hex it could attack from (even with unlimited movement). If none exists, that character can't be its focus, so it focuses on someone else or doesn't move.

    Can a monster change its focus partway through its turn?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-11-18
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-11-17
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-11-16
    • m_ender · Community · 2018-07-08
    • aflorin · Community · 2018-12-05
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-12-05disagrees

    Mostly no — it picks its focus before acting and keeps it through the turn. The exception is when its focus dies or is exhausted partway through: then it picks a new focus for its remaining abilities.

    If a monster can't reach its focus this turn but another character is in range, does it attack that character?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • RemiBureau · Community · 2017-04-02
    • jerold_wallis · Community · 2017-12-11
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2017-12-11

    No — a monster with a single-target attack only attacks its focus. If it can't attack the focus this turn, it moves toward it and its attack (with any attached conditions) doesn't happen.

    What do monsters do if every character is invisible?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • tlh1138 · Community · 2020-12-22
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-12-22
    • LorryMoller · Community · 2018-06-28
    • scooph81 · Community · 2018-06-28
    • hooliganj · Community · 2019-07-31
    • a1bert · Community · 2019-07-31

    They can't find a focus, so they neither move nor attack. They still perform abilities that need no focus, like shields, heals or elements.

    If a monster kills its focus with the first of two attacks on its card, what does it do next?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-11-18
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-11-16superseded
    • aflorin · Community · 2018-12-05
    • Slow Dog · Community · 2018-11-18
    • mhl7 · Community · 2020-02-07
    • Lorandar · Community · 2020-02-07

    It finds a new focus for its remaining abilities.

    Do monsters pick a new focus every turn?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Ganashal · Community · 2022-11-22
    • a1bert · Community · 2022-11-22
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2020-05-30
    • Jlerpy · Community · 2020-05-30

    Yes — each monster determines its focus fresh at the start of every turn, so it may switch targets from one round to the next.

    Do monsters spread their attacks across different characters?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-03-04
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-04
    • Jack Spirio · Community · 2019-05-07
    • countertorque · Community · 2017-03-08
    • Hahma · Community · 2017-03-08
    • aflorin · Community · 2017-03-04

    No — each monster focuses on the closest enemy by the focus rules, regardless of who was already hit; there's no rule against attacking the same character again.

    When a monster card says to focus on, say, the enemy with the lowest hit points, does it ignore enemies it can't reach?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2021.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2021-01-30
    • AoiTori · Community · 2021-01-30

    Yes — it only considers enemies it could attack from some reachable hex, then applies the card's special focus among those.

    Monster Movement

    Do invisible characters still block monster movement in a doorway or corridor?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-11-27
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-11-26
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-02-20
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Conditions
    • carkara · Community · 2017-05-08disagrees
    • DeS_Tructive · Community · 2017-12-11disagrees

    Yes — monsters treat invisible characters as obstacles, so they can't pass through them, and may end up with no path to anyone.

    Will a monster walk through a trap or hazardous terrain to reach its focus?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-11-16
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-31
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-10
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Monster Turn
    • Ravendas · Community · 2017-02-16disagrees
    • Jlerpy · Community · 2020-08-27disagrees

    Only if there is no other way. Monsters treat traps and hazardous terrain as obstacles while any trap-free path (of any length, assuming unlimited movement) leads to a hex they could attack their focus from. If every path crosses one, they take the path through the fewest negative hexes. Flying monsters ignore traps entirely.

    Will a ranged monster step onto a trap to avoid attacking with disadvantage, or to hit more targets?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-10-30
    • Leonce · Community · 2017-10-30
    • m_ender · Community · 2018-10-19
    • leraye · Community · 2018-10-19
    • a1bert · Community · 2021-02-10
    • chang_1910 · Community · 2017-02-06disagrees

    No — avoiding traps and hazardous terrain takes priority over avoiding disadvantage and over adding targets. It only enters a trap when that is the only way to attack its focus at all.

    Will a monster step onto a trap if its trap-free path is blocked this turn by other monsters?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-14
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-02-14
    • PaulGrogan · Community · 2017-02-14
    • nom_ · Community · 2017-03-07
    • Garou · Community · 2017-03-08
    • johnb4bgg · Community · 2017-03-12disagrees

    No — monsters plan their path as if they had unlimited movement and can move through their allies, so if any trap-free path exists, they follow it even if that means not reaching their focus this turn.

    Can monsters move through other monsters, or through characters?

    The rulebook's "Move" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Move
    • Antivelar · Community · 2017-03-27
    • Hahma · Community · 2017-03-27
    • SaintHax · Community · 2017-05-15
    • Morix_Jak · Community · 2018-11-04
    • jkglife · Community · 2018-11-04

    Monsters can move through other monsters, since they are allies, but not end in their hex. They can't move through characters or summons, and an invisible character counts as an obstacle to them.

    Will a ranged monster move away from an adjacent target to avoid disadvantage?

    The rulebook's "Monster Turn" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Monster Turn
    • Dr-WhoopAss · Community · 2019-04-08
    • a1bert · Community · 2019-04-08
    • Madmullet · Community · 2021-06-21
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2021-06-21
    • albcann · Community · 2018-11-08

    Yes, if its card has a move and it can reach a hex where it attacks its focus without disadvantage — it moves only as far as needed. It doesn't switch to a different target; if it can't escape disadvantage, it stays and attacks its focus anyway.

    Does a muddled or disarmed ranged monster still step away from an adjacent character?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2019.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2019-03-18
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-07-03
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2015-09-27
    • Morthai · Designer · 2015-09-27superseded
    • Morthai · Designer · 2015-10-15superseded
    • Felkor · Community · 2017-04-28disagrees

    No — a muddled monster has disadvantage wherever it attacks from, so stepping away gains nothing; a disarmed monster can't attack, so it moves as if it had a melee attack.

    How does a monster move when its ability card has a move but no attack?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-13
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-01-31
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-01-17
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Monster Turn
    • philmcd · Community · 2017-07-02disagrees
    • Madmullet · Community · 2019-04-04disagrees

    It finds its focus and moves as if it had a single-target melee attack, getting as close as it can, whatever its normal range. A heal or loot on the card doesn't change where it heads.

    Does a monster move or attack if its ability card doesn't list a Move or Attack?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-03-12
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-11-21
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2015-09-24
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Monster Turn
    • madmonkeymanmusic · Community · 2020-05-20
    • cvlw · Community · 2018-07-11disagrees

    No — monsters only do what their ability card shows. Without a Move it stays put (even to avoid disadvantage), and without an Attack it doesn't attack.

    Does a monster move toward its focus if it can't reach an attack hex this turn?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2018-02-07
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-12-18
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2015-09-23
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2018-11-19
    • Jack Spirio · Community · 2018-11-19
    • Pauljima · Community · 2017-05-15disagrees

    Yes — it moves as far as it can along the path toward a hex it could attack from, even if it still can't attack this turn. Disarmed or ranged-but-out-of-range monsters do the same.

    How does a monster with a multi-target or area attack choose where to move?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2019, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-07-17
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2018-04-30
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-12-19
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Monster Turn
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-12-18superseded
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-12-17superseded

    It first secures the best attack on its focus (avoiding disadvantage if it can), then, using the least movement, adds as many other targets as possible. It always attacks its focus.

    If two hexes are equally good for a monster to attack its focus from, who picks?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-02
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2016-12-21
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2016-12-19
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Monster Turn
    • squegeeboo · Community · 2018-02-01
    • OedipussyRex · Community · 2019-08-13

    The players — once focus and the best attack are settled, ties between equally good destination hexes are decided by the players.

    How does a disarmed monster move, and does it still apply its card's other effects?

    Players disagree; this is the better-supported reading, with no official ruling.

    • Stomski · Community · 2019-05-16
    • Madmullet · Community · 2020-06-22
    • Nishikigoi · Community · 2020-06-22
    • mhl7 · Community · 2021-01-05
    • a1bert · Community · 2019-05-16
    • squegeeboo · Community · 2019-05-16

    It moves as if it were making a melee attack, since it can't attack. Conditions attached to its attack are lost, but separate abilities on the card (shields, heals, stand-alone elements) still happen.

    Does a ranged monster already in range move closer or back away to maximum range?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2015.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2015-09-23
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-04-27
    • MatsVanGestel · Community · 2019-07-24
    • mccrispy · Community · 2018-04-10
    • Trondster · Community · 2017-12-17
    • dlikos · Community · 2017-12-17

    Neither — it uses the least movement needed. If it can already attack its focus without disadvantage, it stays put.

    If a monster becomes disarmed or stunned partway through its move, does it change where it's going?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-11-17
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-11-16superseded
    • aflorin · Community · 2018-12-05
    • Stomski · Community · 2019-09-15
    • aflorin · Community · 2018-11-16disagrees
    • Slow Dog · Community · 2018-11-16disagrees

    It doesn't recalculate — its destination is fixed before it moves. Stun ends its turn at once; if disarmed, it finishes the planned move but can't attack.

    Does a monster move if its movement can't get it any closer to a hex it could attack from?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-12-17
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-12-17
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-16
    • CrushU · Community · 2017-03-01
    • DaviddesJ · Community · 2017-03-01disagrees
    • Mishenka · Community · 2017-02-16disagrees

    No — a monster only moves if it ends closer to a hex from which it can attack its focus. If no attack hex is reachable even with unlimited movement, it has no focus and doesn't move.

    What does a monster do if another monster stands on its shortest path to its focus?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-12-18
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-27
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-10
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-02-14superseded
    • Ravendas · Community · 2017-02-16disagrees
    • aflorin · Community · 2017-02-07disagrees

    It still heads for the hex that gets it closest to attacking its focus; it doesn't detour into traps or hazards while a trap-free path exists, and with little movement it may end up not moving.

    How does a monster with Jump on its card move?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2018-02-07
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2018-02-07
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2018-02-07
    • florencka · Community · 2018-02-06
    • SlawoS · Community · 2018-02-06
    • a1bert · Community · 2022-12-29

    For that turn it ignores obstacles, figures and traps along the way, planning its path as if it keeps Jump, but its last hex follows normal rules — it can't end on an obstacle, and landing on a trap springs it. It still won't choose a trap as its destination if a trap-free option exists.

    Do monsters avoid difficult terrain like they avoid traps?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-08-27
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-03-14
    • abies · Community · 2017-07-01
    • grison · Community · 2017-07-01
    • midgar · Community · 2018-03-14disagrees
    • gtolsen · Community · 2018-08-26disagrees

    No — difficult terrain isn't a negative hex. Monsters simply count it as two movement points when finding the shortest path.

    Monster Attacks and Abilities

    When does a Shield or Retaliate on a monster's ability card take effect, and how long does it last?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-01-05
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-03
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-26
    • philmcd · Community · 2017-02-05
    • Ravendas · Community · 2017-02-05
    • Nusferatu · Community · 2017-03-03disagrees

    Only from that monster's turn until the end of the round — it does nothing before the monster acts, even though the card is revealed earlier. A monster stunned before its turn never gains it that round. Shield or Retaliate on the stat card is always on.

    Do spawned or summoned monsters drop money tokens when killed?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2019, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-06-20
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Attack
    • cmmayo · Community · 2017-04-11
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2018-03-18
    • HitmanN · Community · 2017-03-14disagrees
    • countertorque · Community · 2017-03-14disagrees

    No — only monsters placed at setup or revealed when a room opens drop a money token where they die, however they are killed (bosses included). Summoned and spawned monsters never drop one. Monsters a scenario simply places mid-game, without spawning them, do drop money.

    Do allied monsters drop money tokens when they die?

    Players disagree; this is the better-supported reading, with no official ruling.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-01-12superseded
    • Madmullet · Community · 2020-10-03
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-10-03
    • DeriusDen · Community · 2020-04-09
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-09-29disagrees
    • TemujinNC · Community · 2018-09-28disagrees

    No — players quote the official FAQ as saying allied monsters don't drop money. Morthai said in early 2018 that they did, since they're still monsters, and some players still read the rulebook that way.

    How do monsters summoned by other monsters work, and do they disappear when their summoner dies?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-05
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Monster Turn
    • sakoguru · Community · 2017-02-05
    • cycyx · Community · 2017-03-04
    • davidglasser · Community · 2017-03-05
    • tarkin2 · Community · 2018-04-21disagrees

    They are placed in an empty hex adjacent to the summoner (closest to an enemy), use normal standees and the scenario level, and act from the next round using their type's ability deck. They stay on the board when their summoner dies, and they drop no money.

    When a monster ability card consumes an element, does every monster of that type get the bonus?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2019.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-06-28
    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-03-07
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2018-01-19
    • Willottica · Community · 2018-01-17
    • PsychoStar · Community · 2018-01-17disagrees
    • csouth154 · Community · 2018-09-11disagrees

    Yes — monsters of a type activating together consume the element once, as a group, and all of them gain the benefit. Monsters of that type revealed later in the round activate separately and can only consume it if it's still available.

    When a monster ability consumes "any" element, who picks which one?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2019-06-18
    • Haltdeibabbm · Community · 2019-06-18
    • Joou · Community · 2018-02-21
    • abakus · Community · 2018-02-21
    • any2cards · Community · 2018-11-17
    • aflorin · Community · 2019-06-18disagrees

    The players — if several elements are available, they choose which one the monsters consume.

    Do monsters still infuse the element on their ability card if they can't move or attack, or are stunned?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-09-28
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-09-28
    • ciriquen · Community · 2018-01-18
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-06-30
    • Madmullet · Community · 2020-10-11
    • Willottica · Community · 2018-01-18disagrees

    A stand-alone infusion happens as long as at least one monster of the type isn't stunned, even if none of them can move or attack. If every monster of the type is stunned, nothing is infused or consumed.

    Can monsters with a Loot ability pick up treasure tiles?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-01-31
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Monster Turn
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-12-15
    • mhl7 · Community · 2020-04-13
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-04-13
    • Jack Spirio · Community · 2020-01-05

    No — monsters never loot treasure tiles; their Loot only takes money tokens, and coins they take are gone for good, even if you kill them.

    Do all monsters of one type act at the same time?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-03
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Determining Initiative
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-04-23
    • cycyx · Community · 2017-04-23
    • thebaker1983 · Community · 2021-01-03
    • a1bert · Community · 2021-01-03

    No — they share an initiative but take separate turns one after another: elites first, then normals, each in ascending standee number. Each attack draws its own modifier.

    Do archer-type monsters make ranged attacks even if the ability card shows no range, and can melee monsters make ranged attacks?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-02-11
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-05-01
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-20
    • sfrazer · Community · 2017-02-15
    • mfaulk80 · Community · 2017-04-30disagrees
    • Destromar · Community · 2019-06-08disagrees

    Yes to both — a monster with a range on its stat card uses it for every attack unless the card says otherwise, and a melee monster whose ability card lists a Range makes a ranged attack that round.

    Where does a killed monster's money token go if the attack would push it or the hex already has a coin?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Jack Spirio · Community · 2020-12-03
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-12-03
    • Gambit001 · Community · 2017-04-03
    • philmcd · Community · 2017-03-05
    • Slonk · Community · 2018-02-20

    In the hex where it died — it is removed as soon as it takes lethal damage, before any push. A hex can hold any number of money tokens.

    Does a monster type's ability card stay in play after its last monster dies?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Madmullet · Community · 2020-11-08
    • vica8081 · Community · 2020-11-08

    Yes — the card stays out until the end of the round, so newly revealed or spawned monsters of that type later in the round still use it.

    When a Living Bones card says to attack one enemy with all attacks, does it switch targets if the first dies?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-11-16superseded
    • aflorin · Community · 2018-12-05
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-11-16
    • Painkeeper · Community · 2017-03-16
    • AngryJoe · Community · 2017-03-16
    • phathom · Community · 2019-04-06

    No — every attack must go to the same enemy, so once it dies the remaining attacks are lost.

    What range does a monster's heal use, and whom does it heal?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-03-27
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-03-21
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-01
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Monster Turn
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-03-02
    • pneuma08 · Community · 2017-05-15disagrees

    The range printed with the heal, or the monster's base range if it has one; otherwise it heals only itself. It heals the most wounded ally in range, with ties decided by the players.

    How does a monster card with several separate Attack lines (like the Rending Drake's) work?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-12-08
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-13
    • countertorque · Community · 2017-02-13
    • Avantyr · Community · 2019-06-19
    • nungunz · Community · 2018-01-23
    • aflorin · Community · 2017-02-13disagrees

    Each line is a separate single-target attack with its own modifier draw, all made against the monster's focus where possible.

    If a monster card lists Strengthen after its attack, does it apply to that attack?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-10-16
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-02
    • masterzora · Community · 2017-11-17
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-04-22
    • demoss1 · Community · 2020-04-22
    • coblackmagus · Community · 2017-02-12

    No — monster abilities resolve in printed order, so the Strengthen only applies to later attacks.

    Do monsters consume an element on their card even when it gains them nothing?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-07-15
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-07-15
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-12-15
    • scooph81 · Community · 2017-12-14
    • aflorin · Community · 2017-12-14
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-05-10

    Yes — monsters always consume an available element when they perform the ability it's attached to, even if disarmed or the bonus is useless, unless no monster of the type can perform that ability.

    Is a monster attack that targets "all enemies within range" a ranged attack?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-02-17
    • r0t1prata · Community · 2018-02-18
    • RemiBureau · Community · 2017-02-06
    • P0isson · Community · 2017-02-06
    • Daemon6 · Community · 2017-12-31
    • piman · Community · 2017-12-31

    Yes — any attack with a Range is ranged, so targets adjacent to the monster are attacked with disadvantage. The monster still picks its focus normally and positions for it first.

    How does a monster with an area attack plus Target 2, like the elite Ancient Artillery, choose targets?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-05-01
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-05-01
    • aflorin · Community · 2017-04-30
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-06-24
    • alecm88 · Community · 2018-06-24
    • dbaker · Community · 2018-06-24disagrees

    Target 2 works like Add Target: the monster makes the area attack and then one extra single target outside it, not a second area.

    Which attack modifier deck do allied scenario monsters use?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-11
    • Dexter345 · Community · 2019-04-03
    • Jack Spirio · Community · 2018-11-15
    • Eragem · Community · 2018-11-15
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-02-20
    • P0isson · Community · 2017-03-11

    The monster attack modifier deck, unless the scenario says they use a character's deck.

    If a monster's attack value is reduced to 0, does it still draw an attack modifier card?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Sistani · Community · 2018-07-22
    • aflorin · Community · 2017-03-01
    • Valenso · Community · 2017-03-01

    Yes — the attack is still performed and draws a modifier, so a positive card or effects like conditions can still apply.

    Where does a monster place a trap when its card says an adjacent empty hex closest to an enemy?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-11-23
    • Jack Spirio · Community · 2021-02-01
    • a1bert · Community · 2021-02-01
    • minigno · Community · 2017-03-19
    • stevelabny · Community · 2017-03-19
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2026-10-14

    In an empty hex next to the monster using the ability, choosing the one closest to the nearest enemy; players break ties.

    How does a monster's "Bless: Self" work when all monsters share one modifier deck?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-24
    • P0isson · Community · 2017-02-24
    • Annowme · Community · 2017-02-10
    • a1bert · Community · 2019-09-23
    • Slow Dog · Community · 2019-09-23
    • sigmazero13 · Community · 2019-05-30

    It shuffles one BLESS into the shared monster deck, and whichever monster draws it benefits.

    Do elite or boss monsters drop more valuable coins?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-05
    • pinbot · Community · 2017-02-05
    • Ravendas · Community · 2017-02-05

    No — every monster that drops a coin drops a single money token; its value comes from the scenario level's gold conversion.

    How does the Cultist's on-death attack work — does it happen if the Cultist was stunned, or killed by Retaliate?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-11-17
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-11-16
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-11-16
    • nom_ · Community · 2018-02-09
    • DMountford · Community · 2018-02-09disagrees
    • arkkimaaki · Community · 2018-02-09disagrees

    It only becomes active once the Cultist has performed that line of its card this round — so a Cultist killed by Retaliate before reaching it doesn't explode, while one stunned after its turn still does. It triggers immediately on death, the grey hex is where it died, and like any attack it only hits its enemies.

    If a monster's card summons something adjacent to its target but it has no target, does it still summon?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-12-12

    No — with no target there's nothing to summon next to, so that part doesn't happen.

    Does a monster consume an element tied to its attack when it has no valid target?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2020-04-03
    • Madmullet · Community · 2020-04-02
    • Gambit001 · Community · 2017-03-08
    • countertorque · Community · 2017-03-08
    • squegeeboo · Community · 2019-08-08
    • Zeede · Community · 2017-03-08disagrees

    No — an element printed as part of an attack is only consumed when the attack is actually performed. With no valid target, the attack isn't performed and the element stays.

    Does a Living Corpse or Cultist still suffer the self-damage on its card if it can't attack or summon?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-11-18
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2016-01-02
    • m_ender · Community · 2018-09-06
    • Robyrt · Community · 2018-09-06
    • Willottica · Community · 2018-01-24
    • DobbelB · Community · 2018-01-24

    Yes — the self-damage is a separate ability, not part of the attack or summon, so it happens whenever the monster performs its card (but not if stunned).

    Does a monster ability card's Shield add to the Shield on its stat card?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-11-12
    • Snooches · Community · 2017-08-01
    • Stryker1979 · Community · 2017-06-07
    • TrangVP · Community · 2017-06-07
    • Trondster · Community · 2018-01-05

    Yes — they stack. The stat-card Shield is always on; the ability-card Shield adds to it from the monster's turn until the end of the round.

    Does the Sun Demon's heal still heal itself when it consumes Light to target all allies?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-12-15
    • Daemon6 · Community · 2017-12-14
    • DobbelB · Community · 2022-02-21
    • ddturnerphd · Community · 2022-02-21
    • aflorin · Community · 2017-12-14disagrees

    No — the card is missing the word "instead": with Light consumed it heals all allies in range, and as it isn't its own ally, it doesn't heal itself.

    How do I read monster cards with smaller text under an attack, like "Attack, Poison, target all adjacent enemies"?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-12-07
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-11-23
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-11-20
    • aflorin · Community · 2017-02-11
    • vica8081 · Community · 2020-10-25disagrees
    • Trondster · Community · 2017-11-19disagrees

    Text in smaller font belongs to the ability above it and is part of that attack; a separate full-size line is its own ability. So a separate "Poison, all adjacent enemies" line applies even without the attack, and a disarmed monster loses only the effects nested in its attack.

    Can a monster's effect like placing a trap be attached to its move?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-12-07

    No — the only thing that can be attached to a move is Jump; other effects on the card are separate abilities.

    Why does the Night Demon's card show two Attack -1 lines?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-03-11
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-03-11

    It's not a typo — the monster makes two separate attacks, one after the other.

    Bosses

    Do boss specials described in the scenario book replace the attack shown on the boss ability card?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-31
    • Snooches · Community · 2017-03-31

    No — the scenario book just explains the special in more detail; the boss still performs everything on its ability card.

    What do the condition icons on a boss stat card mean?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2019, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-01-17
    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-01-17
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Monster Turn
    • Trantor42 · Community · 2019-01-17
    • Sadgit · Community · 2017-11-13
    • Snooches · Community · 2017-11-13

    They're the conditions the boss is immune to, not effects its attacks inflict. On a normal monster's stat card, a condition listed with its attributes is instead added to every attack it makes.

    When a boss ability card shows only Special 1 or Special 2, does the boss also move and attack?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-27
    • Opticus · Community · 2017-02-10

    No — the boss does only what the card shows. The Inox Bodyguard's area pattern applies only to Special 1.

    Does C in boss hit points or abilities go down if a character becomes exhausted?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • a1bert · Community · 2020-06-17
    • Madmullet · Community · 2019-03-02
    • kornetmuse · Community · 2019-03-02
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-07-19

    No — C is the number of characters who started the scenario and stays fixed.

    When a boss's abilities differ between the scenario book and the stat card, which do you use?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-13

    The stat card; the two don't stack.

    Finishing a Scenario

    What happens if we fail a scenario — do we keep gold, XP and loot?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-10-23
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Finishing a Scenario
    • masterzora · Community · 2017-10-23
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-01-12

    You keep the experience from abilities, the gold from looted money tokens and any treasure you looted; you lose only the conclusion, rewards, bonus XP and battle goal checkmarks. There's no other penalty, and you can retry or go elsewhere — but scenarios it would unlock stay locked until you win.

    Does a scenario end immediately when its goal is met?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-03-28
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-11-18
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-08
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Finishing a Scenario
    • duzzzy · Community · 2017-11-18
    • Geoff Watson · Community · 2026-10-02disagrees

    No — the rest of the round is played out, including turns of characters and monsters who haven't acted yet, and the scenario ends in success at the end of that round, as long as not every character has become exhausted by then.

    If the scenario goal is met but every character becomes exhausted before the round ends, is it still won?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-12-08
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-19superseded
    • berg88 · Community · 2017-12-08
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-03-20
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-08-16disagrees
    • TimmoWarner · Community · 2020-08-16disagrees

    No — you must survive to the end of that final round. The designer said in early 2017 that a triggered result couldn't change, but he ruled in December 2017 that the scenario is lost if everyone exhausts before the round ends.

    Do Bless and Curse cards stay in my deck after a scenario?

    The rulebook's "Finishing a Scenario" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Finishing a Scenario
    • kolarius · Community · 2017-02-05
    • thebaker1983 · Community · 2019-04-02
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2019-04-02
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-07-09
    • Doomburrito · Community · 2017-07-09

    No — at the end of every scenario, won or lost, remove all BLESS, CURSE and scenario-added -1 cards from every deck, even if you retry right away.

    Do we get money tokens or treasure left on the map when the scenario ends?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2019, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-01-21
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-02-05
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2015-09-21
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Finishing a Scenario
    • Benkyo · Community · 2019-01-21
    • Drachenfreund · Community · 2018-04-06

    No — you keep only what was picked up before the scenario ended; anything still on the board is lost.

    Do exhausted characters still get rewards when the party wins?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-15
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Finishing a Scenario
    • P0isson · Community · 2017-02-18
    • Deverash · Community · 2017-02-18
    • nancynm · Community · 2017-03-02

    Yes — the party wins together, so exhausted characters keep their gold and XP, get the completion bonus and earn completed battle goals.

    When do I get my lost cards and hit points back?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-02-25
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-02-24
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2016-09-13
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Finishing a Scenario
    • DancingFool · Community · 2017-02-24
    • philmcd · Community · 2017-02-22

    At the end of every scenario, win or lose: all lost and discarded cards and consumed items return, and characters reset to full hit points with no conditions. During a scenario only specific recover abilities return lost cards.

    If the last monster dies in a round where I'd otherwise be exhausted at the next round's start, do we win?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • vitus979 · Community · 2020-01-12
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-01-12
    • mhl7 · Community · 2018-08-13
    • kimgoldbaek · Community · 2018-08-13

    Yes — you only become exhausted for lack of cards at the start of a round, and the scenario ends at the end of the current one, so you win.

    Do monster summons have to be killed to complete a "kill all enemies" goal, and does mind control count?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-12-11
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-16
    • aflorin · Community · 2017-12-11
    • Nolto · Community · 2017-12-10
    • Dexter345 · Community · 2019-05-16
    • Daemon6 · Community · 2017-12-10disagrees

    Summoned monsters must be killed too. A mind-controlled monster is still an enemy, so controlling it doesn't complete the goal.

    Can the party give up on a scenario before meeting the failure conditions?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017; the stricter no-monsters condition is a later Cephalofair ruling.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-03-06
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-15
    • Thagor · Community · 2017-02-15
    • nancynm · Community · 2017-03-06
    • interestingkiwi · Community · 2017-02-15

    Yes, unless you play with permanent death. The designer is fine with a party giving up before the failure conditions are met; it simply counts as a failed scenario, so you keep the experience and loot you collected but earn no completion rewards. Morthai later gave a stricter version — you may abandon only when no monsters are present in the revealed rooms — which players connect to permanent-death play, where retreating saves characters from dying.

    In escape scenarios, do characters leave the map one by one when they reach the exit?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-24
    • ecm85 · Community · 2017-03-17

    No — the scenario is complete once every character is either standing on an exit hex or became exhausted while standing on one.

    When we retry a failed scenario, does everything reset?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-03-13
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-03-13
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2016-06-28
    • stevelabny · Community · 2017-03-13
    • aflorin · Community · 2017-04-19
    • verballyinsane · Community · 2017-04-19

    Yes — it's set up from scratch, with new battle goals, except numbered treasure already looted. An immediate retry skips the road event.

    What rewards do you get for completing a scenario besides the listed ones?

    The rulebook's "Finishing a Scenario" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Finishing a Scenario
    • SnarksandBoojums · Community · 2020-02-25
    • cycyx · Community · 2017-03-18
    • Sadgit · Community · 2017-11-27
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2018-03-03

    Each character converts their looted coins to gold, earns bonus experience of 4 + twice the scenario level (added once), and gains checkmarks for completed battle goals.

    Special Scenario Rules

    Do monsters spawned at the end of a round act in that round?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-04-10
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Special Scenario Rules
    • PhilP · Community · 2017-04-10
    • cmmayo · Community · 2017-04-11
    • da5idt · Community · 2017-04-11
    • Nolto · Community · 2017-04-11

    No — a monster spawned at the end of a round first activates in the next round.

    Do monsters spawned mid-round act that round?

    The rulebook's "Special Scenario Rules" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Special Scenario Rules
    • Daemon6 · Community · 2016-12-19
    • Rik V · Community · 2016-12-19
    • masterzora · Community · 2018-03-02
    • swheelock · Community · 2018-03-02
    • Rik V · Community · 2016-12-19disagrees

    Yes — they activate as if just revealed: if their initiative has already passed, they act right after the current figure's turn. Monsters spawned at the end of a round wait until the next one, and monster-summoned monsters always wait a round.

    Where does a spawned monster go if its spawn hex is occupied?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-04-25
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-04-25
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-24
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Special Scenario Rules
    • PaulGrogan · Community · 2017-04-25
    • csouth154 · Community · 2018-08-27

    In the nearest empty hex, however far away that is; it doesn't have to be adjacent to the spawn point. If several hexes are equally near, the players decide.

    How do obstacles with hit points work — are they enemies, and can they get conditions?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2019, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-08-14
    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-01-13
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-11-18
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Special Scenario Rules
    • CrashTestDummy · Community · 2019-05-11disagrees
    • Rubra · Community · 2017-11-27disagrees

    They count as enemies for all your abilities, so characters and summons can target them, and summons focus on them at initiative 99. They are immune to all negative conditions and can only be destroyed by damage, not by other abilities such as instant kills. Monsters treat them as neither ally nor enemy and won't attack them unless a character ability forces it.

    Can a monster spawn on a hex with a coin or other token?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-24
    • piman · Community · 2017-12-26
    • Gambit001 · Community · 2017-04-24
    • NoDicePlease · Community · 2017-12-26disagrees
    • Felkor · Community · 2017-04-24disagrees

    No — a monster spawns only in an empty hex, and a hex with a money token isn't empty, so it spawns in the nearest empty hex instead.

    Do spawned monsters and Wound kills count toward a scenario's "kill X enemies" goal?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-24
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-07-07
    • kornetmuse · Community · 2018-03-03
    • a1bert · Community · 2019-07-04

    Yes — any enemy that dies counts toward the scenario objective, whether spawned or summoned and however it died, unless special rules make it an ally.

    How does an escorted NPC move, and does it move if monsters block its path?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-03-18
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-05-09
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-03-27superseded
    • Bernaar · Community · 2018-11-13
    • Stephosaurus · Community · 2019-09-11disagrees
    • KennyDBacon · Community · 2017-05-08disagrees

    It treats its destination like a monster's focus. Per the FAQ ruling for scenario 38, if it can't find a viable path to its goal, for example because revealed monsters block it completely, it doesn't move.

    When a pressure plate opens a door, is the room revealed as if a character opened it?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • mhl7 · Community · 2018-01-22
    • mccrispy · Community · 2018-01-22
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-06-30
    • dbaker · Community · 2018-06-30
    • frekol · Community · 2018-05-12
    • FoxMikeLima · Community · 2019-02-18disagrees

    Yes — if the scenario says the door opens, it flips and the room is revealed normally. Whether it stays open when the character steps off depends on that scenario's rules; some only unlock the door.

    Can abilities that affect only normal or elite monsters target named monsters or bosses?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2020, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-09-05
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-02-18
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-12-22
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Special Scenario Rules
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2019-12-03
    • killblue2 · Community · 2017-09-03

    No — named monsters and bosses are neither normal nor elite, so kill effects like Euthanize or Lethal Injection and normal/elite-only abilities can't target them.

    What happens to a figure or coin in a door hex when a scenario closes the door?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2024.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2024-12-17
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2018-04-24
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-04
    • Geoff Watson · Community · 2017-12-10
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-11-08
    • cbrua · Community · 2017-04-03

    The figure takes trap damage and is moved to the nearest empty hex; a money token there is removed from the board.

    If a character holding a door open on a pressure plate is pushed or pulled off it, does the door close mid-move?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-05-17
    • jovillal · Community · 2020-05-17
    • Sukuchi · Community · 2022-07-23

    Yes — the moment the character leaves the plate, even by forced movement, the door closes.

    Do summons count as characters for goals like "all characters must escape"?

    One experienced player's reading, with no official ruling or wider agreement.

    • a1bert · Community · 2021-08-13

    No — summons aren't characters, so they don't need to escape or count for character-based goals.

    When a scenario adds curses to all character decks, does it also add curses to the monster deck?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • m_ender · Community · 2018-09-24
    • PaladinAl · Community · 2018-09-24

    No — monsters aren't characters, so only the characters' decks get them.

    What do C and L mean in scenario formulas?

    The rulebook's "Special Scenario Rules" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Special Scenario Rules
    • Joou · Community · 2018-03-25
    • mccrispy · Community · 2018-03-25
    • reshurc · Community · 2017-03-31
    • mfaulk80 · Community · 2017-03-31

    C is the number of characters and L is the scenario level.

    Can a summon activate a pressure plate?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-02
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-02-25

    Only if the scenario's wording allows it — most plates require a character, and a summon isn't a character.

    Can monsters move through obstacles that have hit points?

    One player's answer; no ruling cited on this exact point.

    • csouth154 · Community · 2018-08-26

    No — they remain obstacles in every way until destroyed.

    Specific Scenarios: 1–30

    In scenario 30, are the pillar-like gaps between the map tiles obstacles or walls?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-12-29
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-12-24
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2018-12-16
    • Jack Spirio · Community · 2020-11-03
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2020-11-04

    Walls — they block line of sight and can't be jumped or flown over.

    After gaining The Merchant Flees, can we still play scenario 3 or 9?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • SteoanK · Community · 2018-01-11
    • Heroofevil · Community · 2018-01-11
    • scorcherdarkly · Community · 2018-02-19
    • Young, rich and sexy · Community · 2018-02-19

    Not in campaign mode — those scenarios require The Merchant Flees to be incomplete, so once the achievement is gained they're only available in casual mode.

    After the Prime Demon takes over Gloomhaven, does killing him later end the demonic rule?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-12

    No — the town stays under his minions' rule; the later scenario to kill him doesn't reverse that.

    After killing Jekserah in scenario 20, can we still play scenarios 11 or 12, and why is scenario 13 still open?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-05-18
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-05-16
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-04-04
    • Faranim · Community · 2017-04-04

    Scenarios 11 and 12 are on a mutually exclusive branch, so not in campaign mode. Temple of the Seer (13) intentionally has no requirement tied to Jekserah, so it stays available.

    Is Drake's Command the same party achievement as Drake's Request?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-08-22

    Yes — they're the same achievement.

    In scenario 2, how does the Bandit Commander's special move him to the doors?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-12-11
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-03-13
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-28
    • Garou · Community · 2017-03-13
    • danom · Community · 2017-03-13disagrees
    • Daemon6 · Community · 2017-12-10disagrees

    On his turn, when his drawn boss card shows the special, he goes straight to the next door in order (A to D) and opens it, however far away it is — effectively a jump, one door per special. The Living Bones he summons are normal monster summons that must also be killed to win.

    In scenario 3, does the kill goal shrink if a character exhausts, and do spawned Inox count?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-12-11
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-24
    • Geoff Watson · Community · 2017-12-11
    • P0isson · Community · 2017-12-11
    • EventHorizon · Community · 2017-04-22
    • TootyBonture · Community · 2017-04-22

    No and yes — the goal is based on the number of characters who started, and spawned Inox count toward it. The totems are plain obstacles unless the rules say otherwise.

    In scenario 26, how do you cleanse a water pump, and do exhausted characters count toward C?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • sdckapr · Community · 2025-03-01
    • Justplayen · Community · 2025-02-28
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-07-19
    • DobbelB · Community · 2025-02-28disagrees

    A character adjacent to a pump forgoes the bottom action of a card to cleanse it. C is the number of characters who started the scenario and doesn't change when someone exhausts.

    In scenario 21, can the Prime Demon be targeted and healed, and can the altars be Doomed?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2018-02-26
    • mhl7 · Community · 2020-05-25
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-05-25
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-12-03
    • jajen2003 · Community · 2020-12-21
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-12-23disagrees

    The altar is an ordinary obstacle with hit points, so it is immune to all negative conditions, and per the FAQ, obstacles with hit points can't be Doomed. The designer also confirmed the demon spawn labels are wrong; the correct spawn order from a to f is Wind, Night, Earth, Flame, Sun, then Frost. Players believe the Prime Demon itself can still be targeted even though it can't be damaged, but whether healing it restores the shared hit points is disputed.

    What is the missing special rule 1 in scenarios 12 and 20?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-28

    It's missing from both books; it works like special rule 2's summoning, as described in the FAQ.

    Why do scenarios 10 and 42 both have treasure chest 55?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-25

    It's a misprint — the treasure in scenario 10 should be number 11.

    In scenario 22, do the altars' range bonuses apply to every range value on monster cards?

    Only a personal opinion from the FAQ maintainer, and players disagree; no ruling.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-11-18
    • frekol · Community · 2018-08-26disagrees
    • jogobella · Community · 2018-08-26disagrees

    Unsettled. Morthai, who maintains the official FAQ, said that personally he would increase every range value on the monsters' abilities, including the Earth Demon's range 4 immobilize. Other players read the special rule as changing only the range values on the stat cards.

    In scenario 9, is the separation between the two tiles a door?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-28
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-03-28
    • Kubigaruma · Community · 2017-12-28

    Yes — the hex with the blue outline between the two tiles is a door, as the colour codes on page 14 of the rulebook indicate.

    In scenario 19, does Hail count as a figure, and where does she move if the altar is moved?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-03-18
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-06-08
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-05-09
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-06-07
    • KennyDBacon · Community · 2017-05-08disagrees
    • thomast8991 · Community · 2017-05-09disagrees

    Yes, Hail counts as an ally figure for abilities. She treats the altar as her focus, so if it is moved (for example by the Cragheart throwing it), she heads to its new location.

    In scenario 6 (Decaying Crypt), what is the M tile, and do we only kill monsters on it?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Brianish · Community · 2019-10-05
    • Jack Spirio · Community · 2019-10-05
    • Joou · Community · 2018-01-20
    • Carver · Community · 2018-09-06
    • vvojtas · Community · 2018-09-06

    It's map tile M1, the large oval tile listed in the setup. The goal still means killing every revealed enemy, on the M tile or elsewhere.

    Can we get both The Demon Dethroned and The Rift Closed, given they share a map spot?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-28

    Yes, you can end up with both. The designer said he overlooked this when making the stickers. Because The Rift Closed has little purpose once you have The Demon Dethroned, he suggests not placing its sticker, or placing it off to the side, so The Demon Dethroned stays visible.

    Can you get both The Drake Slain and The Drake Aided achievements?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-27

    No — when you play the Drake boss scenario you should lose The Drake's Command, so the two are exclusive.

    Specific Scenarios: 31–60

    Can the Ancient Artillery in scenario 49 be pushed or pulled?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-02-20

    No — the Ancient Artillery in scenario 49 can't be displaced by push, pull, switching places or any other forced movement. The printed special rules left this out; it was added to the official FAQ.

    Does scenario 40 require The Voice's Command?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-06-06
    • Dexter345 · Community · 2018-10-02

    It needs either The Voice's Command or the Drake's Command. If the achievement is lost later, you can no longer play it in campaign mode.

    Does completing scenario 41 prevent playing scenarios 25 or 30?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-11-01
    • jlajkosz · Community · 2020-11-02
    • alecm88 · Community · 2018-06-24

    No — nothing in the requirements blocks them, even if the story fits awkwardly; the Drake and Voice questlines are separate.

    In scenario 34, can the Elder Drake be pushed, and is it hit multiple times by area attacks?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2018-03-06
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-07-08
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-03-12
    • tlh1138 · Community · 2023-11-05
    • ddturnerphd · Community · 2023-11-05
    • Robyrt · Community · 2018-03-02disagrees

    It can't be pushed or pulled, and though it can be targeted through any of its hexes, one attack hits it only once. Its zephyrs can't be affected by anything, and its breath attack lines up with a side of its perch.

    In scenario 44, how do the captive Orchids work?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Madmullet · Community · 2020-06-24
    • PhilGreenfly · Community · 2018-05-28
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-09-25
    • kornetmuse · Community · 2018-03-13

    They're neither allies nor enemies, so attacks and ally effects don't touch them. An adjacent character frees one by giving up one of their two actions; summons like the bear can't free them.

    In scenario 54, what can damage the Harrower Infesters and charge the Staff of Xorn?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2021.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2021-02-16
    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-02-25
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-10-11
    • squegeeboo · Community · 2021-12-30
    • m_ender · Community · 2018-10-15

    Only damage dealt directly by the character holding the Staff counts — not summons, traps, wounds or attacks granted by allies. Overkill damage counts toward the charge as usual.

    In scenarios 35 and 36, can the wall sections be destroyed, and do demons focus on the door?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-08-07
    • CrushU · Community · 2017-08-07
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2019-06-06
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2019-06-06
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-03-16
    • jovillal · Community · 2020-03-16

    The wall sections can't be destroyed (per the FAQ errata) but are obstacles, so line of sight passes over them; the map is one room. A demon focuses on the door only if it could move within range to attack it.

    In scenario 52, how can a character without a Loot ability loot the required treasure?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2021.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2021-01-31
    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-12-18
    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-03-06
    • jerold_wallis · Community · 2017-09-12
    • Garou · Community · 2017-03-13
    • ovis · Community · 2017-03-13

    In this scenario any character may use the bottom action of any card as Loot 1. The rule applies only to scenario 52, and its central obstacles can't be moved or teleported past.

    In scenario 46, in what order does the Winged Horror act, and does it fly?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-11-06
    • aflorin · Community · 2019-06-06
    • mccrispy · Community · 2017-11-05disagrees

    Move, attack, then summon its eggs. Despite the story, its stat card has no Flying, so it doesn't fly.

    In scenario 33 (Savvas Armory), does an enemy spawn every round until the treasure is looted?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • jlewellen · Community · 2017-07-27
    • Ganashal · Community · 2022-08-19

    No — there are only two spawns, a Lavaflow and an Icestorm, each triggered once as the special rules describe.

    Can you play scenario 42 after freeing the Voice in scenario 41?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-07-03

    No — scenario 42 should also require The Voice Freed to be incomplete.

    In the stairs scenario, do the special movement rules apply when flying or jumping on the same tile?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-17
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-04-17
    • SilverMike · Community · 2017-04-16

    No — the restriction only applies when a move takes a figure from one room's level to another.

    In scenario 57, how does the Harrower Infester that replaces the elite City Guard enter play?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2020.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-12-16
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-10-13
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-10-11
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-05-08
    • ManWithBirdLikeWing · Community · 2017-10-11disagrees

    Treat it as spawned: remove the guard and place the Infester at full health. Only one coin drops between the guard and its replacement.

    In scenario 58, do the bone piles multiply the Harvester's heal?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-18
    • Robyrt · Community · 2018-03-02

    Yes — each bone pile is a separate heal for it.

    In scenario 49, is the cannon's damage an attack?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2018-02-19
    • frekol · Community · 2021-06-27

    No — it isn't an attack, so Shield and Retaliate don't apply and invisibility doesn't protect against it.

    In scenario 53, do the doors that open at the start of round 2 open before or after card selection?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2020.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-07-25

    Before card selection.

    Specific Scenarios: 61–95

    What is the "Bravery" requirement for scenario 76?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Garou · Community · 2017-03-12
    • SonMoekel · Community · 2017-02-22

    It isn't an achievement — it simply asks whether your group dares to attempt it.

    In scenario 78, can the escort Cultists and the victim be pushed or swapped?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-07-24
    • mfaulk80 · Community · 2017-07-23
    • Ganashal · Community · 2021-05-24
    • Bart_aus · Community · 2017-07-25disagrees

    No — they're immune to forced movement. The Cultists move to the victim and then carry it toward the altar; if both are killed, the victim stops moving. Obstacles can block access to the altar.

    In scenario 67, can the Arcane Golem leave its room, and is it a boss?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2020.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2020-06-18
    • AoiTori · Community · 2020-06-12
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2023-07-09
    • MrPyro · Community · 2023-07-08
    • Krazyguy75 · Community · 2020-06-12disagrees
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2021-10-19disagrees

    It can't leave its room under any circumstances, including teleports or swaps. It isn't a boss: it's a named Stone Golem that uses the Stone Golem ability deck.

    In scenario 79, how does a mind-controlled character act?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2019.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-03-11
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-02
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-04-19
    • R3DSH1FT · Community · 2019-03-27disagrees
    • Fringer 11 · Community · 2018-03-22disagrees

    The forced movement at the start of the boss's special is a teleport. The mind-controlled character then behaves like a monster, following monster focus and movement rules and performing the top action of their card as written. If that character has already acted this round, the mind control has no effect. The boss's abilities do affect invisible characters. With no official ruling on cards that would go to the active area, Morthai's best guess is that they are discarded too.

    In scenario 77, can we block the guards from reaching the pressure plates?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2018-01-15
    • benmartell · Community · 2018-01-16
    • aflorin · Community · 2018-01-16
    • jovillal · Community · 2020-10-08

    Not with obstacles — the designer's errata says the guards must always have a path. Figures may stand on the plates, since the scenario is lost only when a City Guard occupies one.

    In scenario 95, do flying figures take damage for ending their turn in the water?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2019.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-04-08
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-11-18
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-07-19
    • mhl7 · Community · 2018-02-20
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2019-04-07
    • squegeeboo · Community · 2019-04-07disagrees

    Yes — the damage applies to every figure that ends its turn there, flying or jumping included, and monsters treat those hexes as negative hexes.

    In scenario 62, is the Hungry Soul a boss, and how many hit points does it have?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-05-30
    • Thinsilver · Community · 2020-05-30

    It isn't a boss — a monster is a boss only if it uses the boss ability deck. Its hit points are the elite Living Bones value at your level multiplied as the scenario states.

    In scenario 71, can I choose which way the wind moves me if one hex is blocked?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • aflorin · Community · 2018-09-12
    • Madmullet · Community · 2018-09-06
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2020-07-31
    • m_ender · Community · 2018-09-06disagrees

    Yes — if one of the two possible hexes is blocked, you may choose it and not move.

    In scenario 79, do the Stone Golems stay active once all pressure plates are occupied?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • OedipussyRex · Community · 2019-04-21
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2019-04-21
    • kornetmuse · Community · 2019-02-17
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2019-02-16

    Yes — once all plates are occupied at the same time they activate for good. Before that, nothing (including item effects) can affect them.

    In scenario 76, can the destructible walls be targeted, and who is stunned when one is destroyed?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-11-18
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2018-09-25
    • aflorin · Community · 2018-09-19

    Yes — a wall blocks line of sight to other hexes but not to its own hex, so a destructible wall can be targeted under the normal line-of-sight rules. Wall 3 is the exception: the designer said it isn't targetable until one of the other walls has been destroyed. When a wall is destroyed, the stun hits the monsters, not the characters.

    In scenario 81, can both artifacts be offered, and does the boss need elements for its specials?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2020.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-01-08
    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-01-08
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-05-10
    • Madmullet · Community · 2020-01-07
    • Steinman · Community · 2018-05-10

    Both can be offered, but only one per turn. The boss's specials don't depend on elements: only the summoning part requires consuming the element, while the heal, shield or invisibility part always happens.

    In scenario 69, does jumping through a hex next to the well with the doll complete the scenario?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-03

    Yes, according to the designer — the doll carrier doesn't have to end the turn next to the well.

    In scenario 83, does the second set of special rules replace the first?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-15

    Yes — once the second set takes effect, it replaces the first.

    Scenario 85 calls for more Sun Demons than exist with four players. What should you do?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-11-20

    It's a mistake. With four players, leave out the final-room Night Demon and Sun Demons that are only set up at four players (shown black for two and three players and white for four).

    In the Sulfur Mine (scenario 65), what do the goal treasures contain?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-01-20

    Nothing beyond counting for the objective — all five must be looted, and like all goal treasures they reset on a replay.

    In scenario 86, are the villagers in the side rooms placed before their doors open?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-07-01

    No — they're placed only when their rooms are revealed.

    Campaign and Unlocks

    If we missed a treasure chest, can we replay the scenario in casual mode to get it?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Lorandar · Community · 2018-05-23
    • Malama · Community · 2018-05-23
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-12-18
    • mhl7 · Community · 2023-12-17
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2023-12-17
    • Jack Spirio · Community · 2019-03-11

    Yes — in casual mode you keep gold, XP and treasure looted, and progress on personal quests counts. A numbered treasure already looted is gone for good, though.

    How does a Random Side Scenario reward work?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-02-22
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-05
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-02-04
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Campaign Overview
    • eldingar · Community · 2018-07-24
    • frekol · Community · 2019-05-26

    Draw a card from the small random side scenario deck (not the random dungeon deck); that scenario is immediately unlocked, so place its sticker and you can play it next.

    With multiple parties, can each party play the same scenario in campaign mode?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2016, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2016-05-31
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Campaign Overview
    • ManWithBirdLikeWing · Community · 2016-05-29
    • Sorlin · Community · 2016-05-30
    • Stomski · Community · 2018-10-22
    • bryanruhe · Community · 2017-02-25disagrees

    No — once any party completes a scenario in campaign mode, it can only be replayed in casual mode by anyone. Party achievements belong only to the party that earned them.

    Can players drop in and out of a Gloomhaven campaign, and can a party have more than four characters?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-09-09
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-04-13
    • Morthai · Designer · 2015-09-24
    • CheddarLimbo · Community · 2019-02-03
    • DobbelB · Community · 2019-12-27
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2019-12-27

    Yes — a party can include any number of characters, and for each scenario you choose which two to four go. Scenario level scales to whoever plays.

    Can we replay a completed scenario to earn its rewards again?

    The rulebook's Campaign Overview says a completed scenario can't be redone in campaign mode and casual mode disregards rewards.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Campaign Overview
    • ReinhartTR · Community · 2017-01-13
    • Deverash · Community · 2017-01-12
    • AbyssalStalker · Community · 2018-01-24
    • jkglife · Community · 2018-01-24

    No — a completed scenario can only be replayed in casual mode, which gives no conclusion rewards, achievements or unlocks; you keep only gold, XP and loot earned during play.

    Do unlocked scenarios have to be played in order?

    The rulebook's "Campaign Overview" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Campaign Overview
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2020-04-30
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-04-30
    • GameAllDay · Community · 2020-05-08
    • SlawoS · Community · 2018-05-28
    • scooph81 · Community · 2018-05-28

    No — any unlocked scenario whose requirements you meet can be played at any time, including ones a personal quest unlocks.

    Can we shop, level up and enhance in Gloomhaven between casual-mode scenarios?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • DobbelB · Community · 2018-06-10
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-06-10
    • Dexter345 · Community · 2018-12-17

    Yes — casual scenarios simply don't affect the campaign, so town activities work normally, but casual play gives no scenario rewards and no road or city events. If you never return to town, you can't level up, shop, donate, enhance or retire.

    What does "INCOMPLETE" mean in a scenario's requirements?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-03-14
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-03-14
    • MrTroy · Community · 2017-03-15
    • Agnati · Community · 2019-03-27
    • RavenWro · Community · 2019-03-27
    • RemiBureau · Community · 2017-07-08

    The scenario can only be played while you don't have that achievement; once it's gained, the scenario can no longer be played in campaign mode.

    Can we play a scenario our campaign choices have locked out?

    The rulebook's "Campaign Overview" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Campaign Overview
    • Jeremy R · Community · 2017-01-26
    • Von Strubel · Community · 2017-12-02
    • wimble · Community · 2017-12-02
    • SkywalterDBZ · Community · 2018-01-31
    • albcann · Community · 2018-01-31disagrees

    Only in casual mode — you can play any revealed scenario casually regardless of achievements, keeping XP, gold, checkmarks and quest progress, but not its rewards.

    If we fail a scenario in campaign mode, can we replay it in campaign mode?

    The rulebook's "Campaign Overview" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Campaign Overview
    • mhl7 · Community · 2018-03-04
    • Young, rich and sexy · Community · 2018-03-04
    • squegeeboo · Community · 2019-06-10
    • Anatak15 · Community · 2019-06-10

    Yes — a failed scenario isn't completed, so you can retry it in campaign mode as often as you like. Only completed scenarios are limited to casual replays.

    What happens if a treasure chest unlocks a scenario that is already unlocked, or we fail after looting it?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-17
    • SlawoS · Community · 2018-03-13
    • Joou · Community · 2018-02-22
    • squegeeboo · Community · 2018-02-22

    If it's already unlocked, nothing happens. Treasure looted in a failed scenario is still kept, so its unlock stands.

    If we run multiple parties in one campaign, what do they share?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-01-05
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2015-09-12
    • frekol · Community · 2019-12-16
    • becauseofyou · Community · 2019-12-16
    • Steinman · Community · 2018-10-07
    • Olvenskol · Community · 2017-02-09disagrees

    The city state: prosperity, the shop, global achievements and unlocked scenarios. Reputation and party achievements belong to each party.

    How do global achievements that can be earned more than once, like Ancient Technology, work?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-06
    • toskk · Community · 2018-07-30
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-07-30

    Each time you earn one you mark another instance, and some effects trigger on reaching a certain count. They can come from events as well as scenarios.

    Can we read a scenario's introduction before choosing to play it?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-26
    • PaulGrogan · Community · 2017-02-26
    • Kløve · Community · 2017-03-20
    • SaintHax · Community · 2017-10-29
    • aubaine · Community · 2017-03-22disagrees

    Yes — the designer said you may look at a scenario before deciding to attempt it. The usual flow, though, is to pick a location on the map, resolve any road event, and then read the introduction.

    When a scenario unlocks several new locations, do we place all their stickers?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-01-23
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-11-11
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-22
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Scenario Completion
    • theseventensplit · Community · 2018-01-23
    • reynaert · Community · 2017-04-22disagrees

    Yes — place a sticker for every location listed under New Locations. Unlocked doesn't mean playable: you still need each scenario's requirements. A number merely mentioned in the text doesn't unlock anything.

    When a scenario conclusion offers a choice between scenarios, does playing one lock out the other?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-03-20
    • a1bert · Community · 2019-07-15
    • Dexter345 · Community · 2018-04-26
    • ovis · Community · 2017-03-20
    • darthopper · Community · 2019-07-15disagrees
    • mhl7 · Community · 2018-04-26disagrees

    Only if a scenario's requirements say so. When the conclusion explicitly makes you choose (as scenario 13 does), you unlock only the location you pick; otherwise both stay available.

    Does the "tear apart" icon on cards mean you should destroy them?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-02-19

    No — it means remove the card from the game by setting it aside; you don't need to destroy anything.

    When can we open the envelope that says to open it when you feel you deserve it?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-11-28

    Whenever you like — no scenario or event triggers it.

    Are money tokens placed again when we replay a scenario?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Madmullet · Community · 2020-02-17
    • CrashTestDummy · Community · 2020-02-17
    • verballyinsane · Community · 2017-04-10
    • rbeall · Community · 2020-04-05
    • any2cards · Community · 2020-04-05
    • tlh1138 · Community · 2024-05-12

    Yes — coins and goal treasures are set up on every play; only numbered treasure tiles you've already looted stay gone.

    Is the fourth sealed envelope in the components list a misprint?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-01-31
    • LeftOverSalmon · Community · 2017-02-13
    • Neva Kee · Community · 2017-01-31disagrees

    No — there really is a fourth sealed envelope hidden in the box; you'll find out how to open it during play.

    Are scenario numbers mentioned in a conclusion's text unlocked?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2019, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-07-18
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-10-25
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-06
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Scenario Completion
    • masterzora · Community · 2017-10-25
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-10-26

    No — only scenarios listed under New Locations are unlocked. Circled numbers in story text are just references to scenarios affected by an achievement. When New Locations lists several, all are unlocked.

    Can several parties play in the same Gloomhaven campaign world?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-01-13
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2015-09-05
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2015-09-03
    • alphasquid · Community · 2017-02-20
    • aflorin · Community · 2017-02-20
    • ralsar · Community · 2017-04-30

    Yes, and it's intended. Each party has its own sheet and achievements, while global achievements, the map and the city are shared — so one party's choices can lock the other out of scenarios.

    Does the Gloomhaven campaign end when the main story is finished?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-01-12
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-01-12
    • philmcd · Community · 2017-02-04
    • albcann · Community · 2023-03-12
    • cafin8d · Community · 2023-03-12

    No — the main storyline has an ending, but the campaign carries on if you want to explore other plot threads: side scenarios, personal quests and unlocks remain, you can replay scenarios with new character combinations, and the random dungeon deck offers more.

    Can we do a city event or Sanctuary donation after a casual-mode scenario or random dungeon?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-14
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-12
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-23
    • Xaqery · Community · 2018-07-01
    • Iguloy · Community · 2017-03-16disagrees
    • HeyParasol · Community · 2018-11-12disagrees

    No — casual play and random dungeons don't advance the campaign, so they don't give city or road events or Sanctuary donations.

    Can Jaws of the Lion characters and items be brought into a Gloomhaven campaign?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • TheurgeMystic · Community · 2024-11-22
    • hooliganj · Community · 2024-11-22
    • crashace · Community · 2022-12-21

    Yes — a Jaws of the Lion character brought into Gloomhaven gets a personal quest when created and retires normally when it's completed. JotL classes have no event cards to add, so skip that step. Strictly, JotL items don't belong in a Gloomhaven campaign, though one player sees no harm in letting them come along.

    What do party and global achievements actually do?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • a1bert · Community · 2022-01-31
    • Ogral · Community · 2022-01-31
    • DeS_Tructive · Community · 2019-02-17
    • Chris Coyote · Community · 2019-02-17disagrees

    They have no direct effect — scenario requirements and some events check them to decide what you can play.

    Can Gloomhaven be reset or replayed with another group?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-02-19
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-04-05
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-04-05
    • Archr · Community · 2015-09-21
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-04-08

    Yes — nothing is destroyed: removed cards are set aside and stickers can be covered or tracked separately, so the game can be reset. Finishing the campaign doesn't make any scenario unplayable.

    Can scenarios be played on their own, outside the campaign?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2016.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2016-11-01
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2015-09-26
    • Morthai · Designer · 2015-09-26
    • Annowme · Community · 2016-11-01
    • Archr · Community · 2016-11-01
    • Vardaine · Community · 2019-05-06

    Yes — any unlocked scenario can be played as a standalone game in casual mode, and every scenario scales to the party's level.

    Events and Travel

    After failing a scenario, can we retry it immediately, and do we draw a road event?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-10
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Traveling and Road Events
    • squegeeboo · Community · 2018-12-23
    • CrashTestDummy · Community · 2018-12-24
    • masterzora · Community · 2019-03-12
    • SarkothelSheyd · Community · 2023-02-13disagrees

    Yes — you can retry right away with no road event. If you go back to Gloomhaven and do things there first, you'll need a road event to travel back to the scenario.

    Can we travel straight from one scenario to another without returning to Gloomhaven?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-01-15
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-01-11
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-18
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Traveling and Road Events
    • CthulhuDreams · Community · 2017-01-17
    • PaulGrogan · Community · 2017-01-17disagrees

    Yes — after any scenario you may return to town or go directly to another scenario. Going to a linked scenario (or replaying the same one) needs no road event; any other scenario requires one. The conclusion text doesn't force you back to town.

    Do we do a road event when travelling from Gloomhaven to a scenario linked to Gloomhaven?

    The rulebook's "Traveling and Road Events" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Traveling and Road Events
    • jovillal · Community · 2021-05-21
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2021-05-21
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-05-03
    • mhl7 · Community · 2021-03-05
    • vica8081 · Community · 2021-03-05

    No — a scenario linked to Gloomhaven needs no road event when you travel there from town. Links aren't transitive, though: two scenarios that are each linked to Gloomhaven aren't linked to each other.

    When do you draw a road event?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2019, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-01-19
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-04-04
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-14
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Traveling and Road Events
    • Chronomodra · Community · 2017-11-30
    • tal342 · Community · 2017-11-28

    Only when travelling to a scenario that isn't linked to where you are. Never when returning to Gloomhaven, when going to a scenario linked to Gloomhaven (such as most Misty Sea scenarios), when going straight on to a linked scenario, when retrying the same scenario, or in casual play.

    How often can we do a city event?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-14
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-12
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-23
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Playing a Campaign
    • SparkValor · Community · 2017-01-19disagrees

    Once per visit to Gloomhaven, so at most one between campaign scenarios. Playing a casual scenario doesn't start a new visit, so it doesn't give you another city event.

    How do new cards get added to the city and road event decks, and are they shuffled?

    The rulebook's Events section covers the starting decks and shuffling in new cards.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Events
    • aubaine · Community · 2017-02-09
    • Ravendas · Community · 2017-02-09

    The campaign starts with events 01–30 in each deck, shuffled. Cards added later are shuffled into their deck. After resolving an event, the icon on the card tells you whether to remove it from the game or return it to the bottom of the deck.

    What if an event tells us to pay gold or lose something we don't have?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-20
    • Fielmann · Community · 2017-03-03
    • GAFBlizzard · Community · 2017-03-20
    • PaulGrogan · Community · 2017-03-20
    • SnarksandBoojums · Community · 2019-01-31
    • countertorque · Community · 2017-03-06disagrees

    Under the original rules, lose what you can, even nothing, and still resolve the rest of the outcome, so you can get the reward without paying. The designer called this an oversight he would tweak in the reprint, and said playing it thematically (no reward unless you pay) is fine.

    Do road event effects on characters also affect summons like the Beast Tyrant's bear?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2019.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-06-10
    • jerold_wallis · Community · 2019-06-09
    • a1bert · Community · 2019-07-29
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2019-07-29
    • fllicker · Community · 2018-01-17
    • da5idt · Community · 2018-01-17

    No — summons aren't characters, so event effects that apply to characters don't touch them.

    Do event outcomes like "suffer 3 damage" or "lose a checkmark" apply to each character or the party?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-15
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2016-11-29
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2016-09-13
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Events
    • ManWithBirdLikeWing · Community · 2016-09-13
    • madspyron · Community · 2016-11-29

    To each character individually, unless the outcome says "collective". Only characters present for the event are affected.

    If we fail and retry a scenario, does the road event penalty still apply?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • a1bert · Community · 2019-11-14
    • LuckyGoesHappy · Community · 2019-01-12
    • CheddarLimbo · Community · 2019-01-13

    No — the road event applied only to that first attempt. An immediate retry needs no new road event; going back to town and out again means a new one.

    Does "remove from the game" on event cards mean destroying the card?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-02-09
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-01-22

    No — just set it aside; nothing in Gloomhaven has to be destroyed.

    When an event says to keep an item, does every party member get a copy?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-27
    • MrTroy · Community · 2017-02-27
    • alphasquid · Community · 2017-06-13
    • aflorin · Community · 2017-06-13

    No — ignore the flavour text and do only what the outcome says: the party gets a single copy.

    When a road event says to discard cards, which cards and when?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-06-30
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-06-30
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-02
    • kzinti · Community · 2017-06-29

    Ability cards — lingering event effects apply after scenario setup, once you've chosen your hand.

    Gold, Shop and Prosperity

    Are items limited to the number of item cards in the shop?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Skyrek · Community · 2017-02-19
    • wildinferno · Community · 2017-02-19
    • a1bert · Community · 2019-08-22
    • Jack Spirio · Community · 2019-08-22
    • Ganashal · Community · 2021-06-22
    • DobbelB · Community · 2021-06-22

    Yes — you can only buy item cards that are physically available in the shop; once all copies are bought, that item is gone until someone sells one back or retires. Other items enter the shop through prosperity, item designs and other unlocks when the game tells you.

    How does a Random Item Design reward work — do I get the item?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-12-08
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-03-03
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Campaign Overview
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2019-04-22

    No — draw a card at random from the random item design deck and add all copies of that item to the city's available supply, where anyone can buy them. Any other reward called a "design" works the same way.

    How often can I donate to the Sanctuary of the Great Oak?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2020, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-12-07
    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-05-18
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-04-01
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Visiting Gloomhaven
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-12-07
    • any2cards · Community · 2020-12-07

    Each character may donate 10 gold once per visit to Gloomhaven, for two BLESS cards in the next scenario. A retiring character and their replacement can each donate in the same visit. You can keep donating after the prosperity checkboxes are full.

    Do Sanctuary blesses or event effects carry over if we fail and retry the scenario?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-03
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Finishing a Scenario
    • caseyharris · Community · 2017-11-09
    • MrPyro · Community · 2021-08-23
    • a1bert · Community · 2021-08-23
    • JoeySilva · Community · 2017-11-09disagrees

    No — all BLESS and CURSE cards are removed when any scenario ends, won or lost, and "next scenario" effects last only for that one attempt.

    Can players give or trade gold or items to each other?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2016, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2016-09-13
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2015-09-15
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Visiting Gloomhaven
    • jkglife · Community · 2019-08-15
    • a1bert · Community · 2019-08-15
    • ShopBug · Community · 2018-02-19disagrees

    No — gold and items never change hands between characters; the only way to move an item is to sell it to the shop, where anyone can buy it. A retiring character's items go back to the shop.

    How does the reputation shop price modifier work?

    The rulebook's "Reputation" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Reputation
    • mjolnir76 · Community · 2020-11-15
    • jesscar · Community · 2020-04-11
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-04-11
    • Daemon6 · Community · 2017-03-11
    • Hahma · Community · 2017-03-11

    It's a flat gold adjustment to each item's purchase price, not a percentage: a −1 modifier makes a 10-gold item cost 9. It applies only to buying items, not to enhancement costs or selling prices.

    With multiple parties, can one party buy items owned by characters not in play?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-03-27
    • cbrua · Community · 2017-03-27
    • mhl7 · Community · 2018-02-27
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-02-27
    • Jjdelanoche · Community · 2018-02-27
    • bajosoto · Community · 2019-05-22

    Yes — items held by characters outside the current party count as part of the city's available supply.

    Does a +1 prosperity reward raise the prosperity level by one?

    The rulebook's "Gloomhaven Prosperity" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Gloomhaven Prosperity
    • Satire · Community · 2022-09-30
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2022-09-30
    • nekrodamus · Community · 2024-10-10
    • a1bert · Community · 2024-10-10
    • Dexter345 · Community · 2017-12-15

    No — +1 prosperity fills one checkbox on the track. You reach the next level only when the marked box under that level number is checked; the shaded boxes still have to be earned.

    Can I sell items back to the shop, and is buying limited per visit?

    The rulebook's "Visiting Gloomhaven" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Visiting Gloomhaven
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-02-11
    • haplo92 · Community · 2017-02-11
    • philmcd · Community · 2017-06-20
    • SaintHax · Community · 2017-06-20

    Yes — sell any item for half its price, rounded down, and it goes back into the supply. Unlike donating, buying and selling have no once-per-visit limit.

    Does party reputation reset when a character retires and a new one joins?

    The rulebook's "Reputation" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Reputation
    • jkglife · Community · 2018-12-13
    • BSKeillor · Community · 2018-01-22
    • thebaker1983 · Community · 2018-01-22
    • drmiller32 · Community · 2025-02-22
    • Ender02 · Community · 2025-02-22

    No — reputation belongs to the party and carries over through retirements; new characters simply join the same party.

    When an event or treasure says "gain item X", do the other copies go to the shop?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • alphasquid · Community · 2017-06-13
    • aflorin · Community · 2017-06-13
    • Joou · Community · 2018-02-19
    • Dexter345 · Community · 2018-02-19

    No — you gain one copy for one character, and the remaining copies stay unavailable. Only an item design adds all copies to the shop.

    What does the Envelope B sticker on the town board do?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-10-20
    • redhexapus · Community · 2019-11-20
    • Kubigaruma · Community · 2018-03-04

    It continues the Sanctuary donation track; only its donation boxes are used. Donations keep giving two BLESS cards, but prosperity is gained only when a donation fills one of the specially marked boxes.

    Did the second printing change the prosperity track?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-04-05
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-04-05
    • mcscowl · Community · 2017-04-05
    • Zeede · Community · 2017-04-06

    Yes — the second-printing track needs one fewer checkmark at some levels, so use the track on your board.

    Can a player donate to the Sanctuary both before and after a scenario set in Gloomhaven?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-25
    • PaulGrogan · Community · 2017-02-24

    Yes — the time before and after the scenario count as separate visits to town.

    When a scenario rewards an item, who gets it?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-06-11
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-02-28
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-10
    • kittenhoarder · Community · 2017-06-11
    • aflorin · Community · 2017-02-16
    • Suit Sage · Community · 2017-02-16

    The party takes one copy right away and gives it to a character of its choice; the remaining copies stay where they are. If the item is already in the shop, take it from there — and if no copies are left anywhere, the reward is simply lost.

    Can Gloomhaven's prosperity level go down?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-01-25
    • Morthai · Designer · 2016-07-13
    • Thagor · Community · 2017-01-24
    • Sorlin · Community · 2016-07-13
    • mhl7 · Community · 2020-09-02
    • P0isson · Community · 2017-01-24disagrees

    Prosperity checkmarks can be lost, but never below a prosperity level already reached.

    Leveling Up and Perks

    How does a new character starting above level 1 work — XP, gold, cards and perks?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-12-22
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-11-22
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-03-28
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Visiting Gloomhaven
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-01-19superseded
    • DarkestSoul049 · Community · 2017-11-15disagrees

    It can start at any level up to the city's prosperity level. It begins with the minimum XP for that level and 15 × (level + 1) gold, and goes through each level-up in turn: one new card of that level or lower per level, plus a perk per level.

    When my character levels up, how many new ability cards do I add?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-02-03
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Visiting Gloomhaven
    • DaviddesJ · Community · 2017-02-03
    • PaulGrogan · Community · 2017-02-02
    • Opticus · Community · 2017-02-03
    • szukasz · Community · 2017-11-03disagrees

    Exactly one card of your new level or lower is added to your pool for each level gained, along with one perk. Your hand size never changes.

    If an event makes me lose a checkmark after I've earned a perk from it, do I lose the perk?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-04
    • mhl7 · Community · 2020-10-31
    • Parafly · Community · 2020-10-31
    • fllicker · Community · 2017-02-27
    • DaviddesJ · Community · 2017-02-27
    • P0isson · Community · 2017-02-04disagrees

    No — checkmarks can't drop below a perk you've already earned, so you keep the perk and nothing else happens.

    Do new characters get extra perks when you retire characters?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-03-11
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-03
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-03
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Visiting Gloomhaven
    • kgreene2343 · Community · 2017-03-31
    • DaviddesJ · Community · 2017-07-05

    Yes — each time a player retires a character, every future character of that player starts with one extra perk, cumulatively, on top of the perks from levels.

    Can I choose not to take a perk when I level up or earn three checkmarks?

    Players disagree; this is the better-supported reading, with no official ruling.

    • Gambit001 · Community · 2018-06-28
    • Dexter345 · Community · 2018-06-28
    • SlawoS · Community · 2018-07-10
    • stevelabny · Community · 2017-03-21
    • praryboy · Community · 2018-07-10disagrees
    • philmcd · Community · 2017-03-21disagrees

    No — leveling up in town and taking the perk are mandatory. Each level from 2 on gives one perk; level 1 characters start with none except retirement bonuses.

    Does experience reset when a character levels up?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2016-09-26
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2016-06-08
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Visiting Gloomhaven
    • Valenso · Community · 2017-04-28
    • Archr · Community · 2016-09-25

    No — XP is cumulative and the thresholds (45, 95, 150 …) are totals. You can keep gaining XP after level 9, but it no longer does anything.

    If a city or road event gives enough XP to level up, do I level up right away?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-07
    • DobbelB · Community · 2020-10-18
    • Trondster · Community · 2020-10-18
    • schoaff · Community · 2018-03-02
    • redhexapus · Community · 2018-03-02

    After a city event, yes — you're in Gloomhaven, and leveling up there is mandatory. After a road event you're away from town, so you play the scenario at your current level and level up on your next visit.

    Can a character level up above the town's prosperity level using experience?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-01-19
    • Madmullet · Community · 2019-01-04

    Yes — prosperity only sets a level you can jump straight to; normal leveling from experience has no cap except level 9.

    What does the "ignore negative scenario effects" perk cover?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2019, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-04-08
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2018-11-05
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-08-21
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Scenario Setup
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-08-17
    • squegeeboo · Community · 2019-04-07disagrees

    Only effects the scenario explicitly calls scenario effects, and only for the character who has the perk, not their summons. It doesn't stop other special rules, such as the damage for ending a turn in scenario 95's water.

    When a character levels up to match prosperity, what happens to their experience?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • csouth154 · Community · 2018-10-20
    • gtolsen · Community · 2018-10-20
    • kornetmuse · Community · 2019-03-23
    • felipe123 · Community · 2019-03-23
    • Ryaneko · Community · 2018-03-20
    • aflorin · Community · 2018-03-20disagrees

    Their XP is raised to the minimum for the new level. Scenario XP and rewards are applied at the end of the scenario, and leveling then happens in town.

    What does the "ignore negative item effects" perk cover?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-15
    • mikelawson22 · Community · 2017-05-14
    • jondifool · Community · 2017-05-14
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-02-17
    • harrisxxvi · Community · 2018-02-17
    • MrPyro · Community · 2025-01-16

    It ignores the -1 cards (and similar penalties) that items like armor add to your attack modifier deck — for all your items, not just one.

    What do perks with two checkboxes mean?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-03-27
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-02-19
    • Nickel Eye · Community · 2017-03-27
    • P0isson · Community · 2017-02-19
    • jyhne · Community · 2017-02-19
    • nancynm · Community · 2017-02-19

    You can take that perk twice, spending one perk each time.

    Does hand size increase when a character levels up?

    The rulebook's "Visiting Gloomhaven" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Visiting Gloomhaven
    • RitterFips · Community · 2017-11-19
    • Corran Horn · Community · 2017-11-19
    • nicktenny · Community · 2019-02-07
    • Dexter345 · Community · 2019-02-07
    • Ashuramatsu · Community · 2020-02-23

    No — hand size is fixed for the class; leveling up only grows the pool of cards you choose your hand from.

    Enhancements

    Do enhancements stay on ability cards after a character retires?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2015.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2015-09-22
    • Khift · Community · 2017-03-18
    • mfaulk80 · Community · 2017-03-18
    • jkglife · Community · 2018-07-02
    • Madmullet · Community · 2018-07-02
    • SnarksandBoojums · Community · 2020-08-30

    Yes — enhancement stickers are permanent and stay on that class's cards, so any later character of the class gets them.

    Is the enhancement cost doubled for a summon ability that summons two figures?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-13
    • masterzora · Community · 2018-03-14
    • DeS_Tructive · Community · 2018-03-14
    • PhilGreenfly · Community · 2018-04-23
    • m_ender · Community · 2018-08-31
    • squegeeboo · Community · 2020-01-10

    No — a summon ability doesn't target, so summoning two figures doesn't make it multi-target. If only one empty hex is available, you place as many summons as fit.

    Does the prosperity limit on enhancements count enhanced cards or individual enhancements?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2019, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-07-05
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2016-12-20
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Visiting Gloomhaven
    • bqttger · Community · 2016-12-20
    • Larzu57 · Community · 2017-04-04
    • cbrua · Community · 2017-04-04

    Enhanced cards — a class's deck can have as many enhanced cards as the prosperity level, and a card with several stickers counts once.

    Can the +1 Target enhancement go on a single-target attack, and is its cost doubled?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-06-07
    • Crazysmurf91 · Community · 2017-06-07
    • SaintHax · Community · 2017-06-07
    • jlewellen · Community · 2017-06-07
    • dstinard · Community · 2021-11-01
    • Ganashal · Community · 2021-11-01

    It can only go on an ability that already has a Target value (multiple targets), so its cost is always doubled as a multi-target enhancement.

    Can a Move ability be enhanced with Strengthen or Bless, and when does an enhanced condition apply?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2020.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-03-06
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-03-22
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2018-01-19
    • MrTroy · Community · 2017-03-20
    • danom · Community · 2017-03-19disagrees
    • Dexter345 · Community · 2018-01-19disagrees

    No — those enhancements only go on abilities that target or affect figures, and Move doesn't. An enhancement belongs to its line, so it happens once when that ability is performed (skip the ability and you skip it), not each time a Retaliate triggers.

    Does the enhancement limit count all of a class's ability cards or only those I bring to a scenario?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2018-05-14
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-03-19
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2016-12-20
    • Dexter345 · Community · 2018-02-05
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-05-14
    • Olvenskol · Community · 2017-03-19disagrees

    All of them — every ability card of that class counts, including higher-level cards you haven't unlocked yet, and the number of enhanced cards can't exceed the prosperity level.

    When is an enhancement's cost doubled for multiple targets?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-03-02
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-27
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-20
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Visiting Gloomhaven
    • Gutripper · Community · 2018-03-02disagrees
    • Gambit001 · Community · 2017-04-02disagrees

    When the enhanced ability targets or affects multiple figures as printed. An ability that only gains extra targets by consuming an element is priced as single-target, and summoning several figures doesn't count as multi-target.

    Are enhancement stickers limited to the ones on the sheet?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-03-21
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-17
    • mournful · Community · 2017-03-16
    • jimryan1 · Community · 2017-03-16

    No — stickers aren't meant to be a limited component; if you run out, use replacements. A card can have several enhancements, within the prosperity limit on enhanced cards.

    What is a main ability line for element enhancements?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-20
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-20
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-13
    • mfaulk80 · Community · 2018-01-19
    • Robyrt · Community · 2018-01-19
    • rhym97 · Community · 2017-03-19disagrees

    The first, larger-font line of an ability, like "Attack 2" or "Move 3"; smaller modifier text beneath it isn't a main line. Summon stats are enhanced with their own +1 options on the summon.

    Can I enhance an ability line that has no enhancement dot, or add more stickers than dots?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2021.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2021-07-14
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-22
    • aflorin · Community · 2017-02-22
    • OedipussyRex · Community · 2020-04-24
    • Derek999950 · Community · 2020-04-24
    • Doomburrito · Community · 2017-02-13

    No — the dots mark exactly where enhancements can go and how many. Each dot takes its own sticker, so a Heal 3 with two dots can be raised to Heal 5 with two +1s.

    Can item cards be enhanced?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2016.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2016-03-18
    • mcscowl · Community · 2016-03-18

    No — only character ability cards can receive enhancement stickers.

    Can I put Curse (or Bless) on both enhancement dots of an ability so it adds two cards?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-14
    • nom_ · Community · 2017-03-14
    • aquillo · Community · 2017-03-14disagrees

    Yes — the one-of-each-condition rule doesn't apply to CURSE and BLESS cards, so two such enhancements add two cards.

    How is the cost of adding an attack hex to an area attack calculated?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-12-18

    The base cost is divided by the number of hexes the attack already has, rounded down.

    Can I add my own gold to a scenario's enhancement reward, like scenario 27's 100 gold?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-04-30
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-04-29
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-02
    • mccrispy · Community · 2018-03-03
    • Thinsilver · Community · 2018-03-03
    • Xaqery · Community · 2018-04-29disagrees

    Yes — you may add gold you already have, but you can't sell items for it, and the reward must be spent right away before returning to town; if you can't use it, it's lost.

    Personal Quests and Retirement

    Do kills by my summons, or kills in a failed scenario, count toward my personal quest?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2020.

    • boardgame613 · Designer · 2020-08-19
    • boardgame613 · Designer · 2020-07-13
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-11-17
    • Heegu · Community · 2020-07-13
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-07-13
    • schoaff · Community · 2018-08-17disagrees

    Yes to both — kills where you or your summon dealt the lethal damage count, and personal quest progress counts even when the scenario is lost, unless the quest specifically requires completing a scenario.

    Do random dungeons count toward personal quests?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-12
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-16
    • kornetmuse · Community · 2018-03-23
    • mhl7 · Community · 2018-03-23

    Kills and similar progress made in them count, but quest requirements that name scenarios refer to campaign scenarios, so a random dungeon doesn't count as completing a scenario for them.

    What happens if my personal quest unlocks a class that is already unlocked?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-03-12
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-26
    • stevelabny · Community · 2017-03-12
    • johnb4bgg · Community · 2017-03-12
    • baldeaglemeat · Community · 2019-09-20
    • SnarksandBoojums · Community · 2019-04-01

    You still complete the quest and retire, but instead of the class you gain a random item design and a random side scenario. You still add the retired character's events to the decks, and you choose your next character from the classes already available.

    Can I switch to a different character without retiring my current one?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • valpocarnie · Community · 2018-03-09
    • Mrdabba · Community · 2018-03-09
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2017-12-01
    • Madmullet · Community · 2019-04-07
    • kornetmuse · Community · 2019-04-07
    • SaintHax · Community · 2017-09-17disagrees

    Yes — while in Gloomhaven you can create a new character of any available class at any time. The shelved character keeps its items, gold and personal quest and can be played again later.

    After retiring, can I start a new character of the same class?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-23
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2016-12-16
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2016-11-01
    • lordsummerisle · Community · 2017-02-23
    • Hahma · Community · 2017-02-23
    • martidem · Community · 2016-11-01

    Yes — you retire the character, not the class. Any unlocked class nobody else is playing, including the one just retired or a starting class, is available.

    For a "kill X monsters" personal quest, do I need the killing blow?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-02-02
    • PaulGrogan · Community · 2017-02-02
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-03-29
    • Painkeeper · Community · 2017-03-30
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-12-17
    • aflorin · Community · 2017-02-07

    Yes — only kills credited to your character (or your summons) count, including monsters you force into traps. Kills by other party members don't.

    Do scenarios completed before my character drew a personal quest count toward it?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2020.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-06-12
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-01-21
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-12-13
    • cycyx · Community · 2017-03-09
    • kittenhoarder · Community · 2017-06-14
    • Madmullet · Community · 2020-07-20

    No — only scenarios completed by that character after drawing the quest count. You can replay completed scenarios in casual mode to make progress.

    Which exhaustions count toward A Study of Anatomy (personal quest 514)?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-27
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-19
    • Dynalange129 · Community · 2017-02-27
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-03-18
    • Twilight_Sonata · Community · 2018-03-28disagrees
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2018-02-03disagrees

    Only other party members becoming exhausted count, not your own exhaustion. They count even if you are already exhausted yourself.

    Can a retiring character sell items and buy enhancements before retiring?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2019.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-07-10
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-01-01
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-01-01
    • kzinti · Community · 2017-04-21
    • SaintHax · Community · 2017-04-21
    • Stryker1979 · Community · 2017-05-08

    Yes — retirement happens during the town visit, so before announcing it you can sell items, enhance cards and donate. The exception is a quest like Seeker of Xorn that ends in a scenario, where the character retires without those town activities.

    When does the Seeker of Xorn personal quest complete, after scenario 52 or later?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2019.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-08-02
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-03-24
    • Thinsilver · Community · 2019-08-02
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2019-08-02
    • Slow Dog · Community · 2019-08-02disagrees

    Not after 52 — following the quest to its conclusion means playing the whole chain through its final scenario, and the character then retires without returning to town first.

    If my personal quest opens Envelope X or a box, does my character still retire?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Dexter345 · Community · 2018-04-03
    • AoiTori · Community · 2020-08-24
    • GameAllDay · Community · 2020-08-24
    • aflorin · Community · 2020-02-27
    • jesscar · Community · 2020-02-27
    • ddturnerphd · Community · 2023-07-18

    Yes — completing any personal quest retires the character, including any scenario chain it unlocks. Opening a box or an envelope for a class both just mean that class is unlocked.

    What happens if there are no personal quest cards left for a new character?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • nlisson · Community · 2020-02-03
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-12-02
    • TheRubexCube · Community · 2023-12-02
    • cafin8d · Community · 2019-03-30
    • Matt620 · Community · 2019-03-30
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2023-05-02

    The character draws as many as remain; with none left it has no personal quest and can never retire. Completed quest cards are removed from the game, not shuffled back.

    Do I have to create a new character immediately after retiring?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Slow Dog · Community · 2020-10-24
    • MrPyro · Community · 2020-10-24
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-04-11
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2021-08-16
    • Ganashal · Community · 2021-08-17

    No — retiring and creating a new character are separate steps; you can create one any time you're in Gloomhaven.

    Which scenarios count as side scenarios for personal quests?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-02-07
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-02-07
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-06-05
    • SpiritReacher · Community · 2017-02-27
    • Daemon6 · Community · 2017-12-27
    • Daemon6 · Community · 2017-12-27disagrees

    Scenarios numbered 52 and higher; 1–51 are main scenarios. Random dungeons have no number and don't count.

    For the Implement of Light personal quest, must the undead be killed with the Skullbane Axe?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-11-28
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-10-10
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-08
    • PhilGreenfly · Community · 2019-01-12
    • squegeeboo · Community · 2019-01-12
    • Xaqery · Community · 2018-08-18

    Yes — each kill must come from actually using the axe on the attack. Living Bones, Corpses and Spirits all count toward one total, and the quest isn't impossible if the axe was already found.

    What happens to a retiring character's gold and items?

    The rulebook's "Visiting Gloomhaven" section answers this directly.

    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Visiting Gloomhaven
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-02-10
    • P0isson · Community · 2017-03-12
    • johnb4bgg · Community · 2017-03-12
    • philmcd · Community · 2017-02-26
    • swheelock · Community · 2019-03-03

    The gold is lost and every item returns to the city shop's supply; nothing passes to the new character.

    Do I have to retire as soon as my personal quest is complete?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-03-28
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-18
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Visiting Gloomhaven
    • alphasquid · Community · 2017-04-18disagrees
    • countertorque · Community · 2017-04-18disagrees

    Yes, when you next return to Gloomhaven with the quest fulfilled. Until then, after any scenario you can choose to go on to another scenario instead of returning to town. A few special quests retire the character outside Gloomhaven.

    Do personal quests have to be kept secret like battle goals?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Suit Sage · Community · 2017-01-20
    • bqttger · Community · 2017-01-20
    • aflorin · Community · 2017-02-10
    • P0isson · Community · 2017-02-10disagrees

    No — unlike battle goals, the rules don't make them secret; share them or not as your group prefers.

    For the Trophy Hunt personal quest, what counts as a different type of monster?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-11-18
    • Garou · Community · 2017-02-24
    • mhl7 · Community · 2020-12-31
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-12-31
    • Ganashal · Community · 2021-05-07
    • Mindless_Meeple · Community · 2017-02-24disagrees

    Each different monster stat card is its own type, so Bandit Guards and Bandit Archers are different, and every boss counts separately.

    Which scenarios count as Crypt scenarios for personal quests?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-11-19
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-03-23
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-02
    • PaulGrogan · Community · 2017-02-02
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-03-23

    Only scenarios with "Crypt" in their title; a mention in the story doesn't count.

    Does the Staff of Xorn pass to the next character when the Seeker of Xorn retires?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2024.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2024-02-25
    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-08-12
    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-08-09
    • Kenaras · Community · 2019-08-09
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2019-04-05
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2020-07-29

    Per the FAQ, the Seeker's items go back to the shop as usual, but the player's new character of the class unlocked by the quest can take the staff.

    When a personal quest says to do X "then unlock" a scenario, is it unlocked automatically?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2020.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-01-18
    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-02-18
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-03-23
    • Berinor · Community · 2018-03-23
    • Trantor42 · Community · 2017-12-19
    • Tabletop_Tavern · Community · 2017-12-21

    Yes — the scenario is unlocked the moment you meet the condition written before "then". It can only be unlocked that way, and only the character with the quest can play it.

    Can I delay retirement by not completing my personal quest?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2019.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-02-19
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-11-07
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-04-16
    • Dubbie · Community · 2018-09-27
    • eldingar · Community · 2018-09-27
    • demoss1 · Community · 2019-02-21disagrees

    Yes — for many quests you control when you meet the condition, so you can hold off to level up. Once it's met while you're in town, though, you must retire, and the condition must still be met at that moment.

    For a boss personal quest, does a scenario with two bosses count twice?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-07
    • Madmullet · Community · 2020-11-08
    • frekol · Community · 2020-11-08
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-02-04
    • Quazaar · Community · 2018-02-05
    • Slow Dog · Community · 2020-09-15

    No — boss quests count boss scenarios completed, not bosses killed, and you don't need the killing blow. A replay counts only if that character hadn't already completed it, and Goliath Toppler needs different bosses (casual wins count).

    What happens if my character dies (permanent death) during the personal quest scenario chain?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-07

    If the party still completes the final scenario, you get the rewards and unlock the new class, but that character failed to retire, so you get no retirement benefits, and the quest card goes back in the deck. If the character dies before the last scenario, the unlocked chain stays unlocked for the next holder of that quest.

    Does every personal quest unlock a new class?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-03-18
    • gabrielrockman1 · Community · 2018-03-18

    No — two quests, including 513, don't unlock a class; their rewards are different.

    For personal quest 526, what counts as a scenario in Gloomhaven?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-02-11

    Scenarios located in the zoomed-in Gloomhaven city inset on the map, not just any scenario.

    Game Variants and Solo Play

    Why doesn't the Crossroads random dungeon card connect properly?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-08-10
    • piman · Community · 2017-10-29

    It's a misprint — mirror the Crossroads setup, entrance and exit so it connects.

    When does a random dungeon room penalty like stun take effect?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Slow Dog · Community · 2019-07-25
    • Sunshinexpress · Community · 2019-07-26
    • bwarner34 · Community · 2018-02-06

    Immediately when the door is opened — a stun works like a stun trap, ending the opener's turn.

    How many characters are needed to play, including solo?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2015, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2015-09-05
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Scenario Level
    • defbref · Community · 2020-08-03
    • JimA759 · Community · 2020-08-03
    • DobbelB · Community · 2020-08-03
    • Archr · Community · 2017-11-12

    Always two to four characters, even when one person plays alone: a solo player controls at least two characters and uses the solo difficulty adjustment.

    How should difficulty be adjusted when playing solo with multiple characters?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2015, in line with the rulebook.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2015-09-15
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2015-09-05
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Scenario Level

    Raise the monster level and trap damage by 1, but not gold conversion or bonus experience, because a solo player has full information about every character's cards.

    How does a random dungeon penalty like "Replace 2 normal enemies in the previous room" work?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-06-07
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2018-08-27
    • Dexter345 · Community · 2018-08-28
    • DaviddesJ · Community · 2017-06-06disagrees
    • g1ul10 · Community · 2017-06-06disagrees

    "Replace" means substitute: when the door triggering the penalty opens, up to that many normal monsters still alive in the previous room are swapped for elite versions, keeping their damage and conditions. It doesn't bring back monsters you've already killed.

    In the Permanent Death variant, when does a scenario fail, and do conditions keep affecting a downed character?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2019, in line with the rulebook.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-01-21
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-02-27
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2016-05-14
    • Gloomhaven rulebook · Rulebook · Game Variants
    • aflorin · Community · 2019-01-21
    • masterzora · Community · 2019-01-21

    It fails once every character is exhausted or dead; play out the round. Existing conditions like Wound keep working on an unconscious character. Without the variant, exhaustion never kills a character permanently.

    Gloomhaven: Forgotten CirclesExpansion

    Which Forgotten Circles content can be used in the base Gloomhaven campaign, and when?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2021.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2021-01-16
    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-10-04
    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-08-09
    • Kubigaruma · Community · 2021-01-11
    • sharamis87 · Community · 2021-01-11
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2020-04-13

    The Diviner can be played as a starting class at any time. The Forgotten Circles campaign, with its scenarios and events, is meant for after you complete base scenario 51. In the second printing the Diviner's events are unlocked through the book sections rather than numbers on her character mat.

    Can we start Forgotten Circles with our party from the end of the main campaign?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2019.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-01-24
    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-11-20
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2018-07-30
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2019-10-16
    • jesscar · Community · 2019-10-15
    • Xaqery · Community · 2020-04-08

    Yes — continuing with the same party is intended, though not required; the new scenarios extend the campaign and you visit town as usual. A character you set aside to play the Diviner is simply shelved, not retired.

    Is the Diviner required in every Forgotten Circles scenario?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2026.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2026-10-02
    • Morthai · Designer · 2026-07-29
    • Morthai · Designer · 2025-08-27
    • General_C · Community · 2025-01-19
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2025-01-19
    • CowLion · Community · 2025-08-26

    The rules say so, since the campaign is the Diviner's own story, and the designer stresses her presence. He has also said the original intent was that she's mandatory only in scenarios whose map sticker has a portal border, which are the few that truly need her teleport.

    Does the Forgotten Circles Diviner draw a personal quest, and does her retirement count as completing one?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2023.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2023-04-30
    • Morthai · Designer · 2021-03-02
    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-05-14
    • brunowolff · Community · 2019-05-14

    No personal quest is drawn — the Forgotten Circles Diviner is a unique character tied to the story. She retires in town after the campaign's conclusion under the usual rules, and that retirement counts as fulfilling a quest.

    When do I add the Forgotten Circles event cards and the Diviner's unlock events to the decks?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2021.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2021-06-20
    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-05-31
    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-05-31
    • SevenSpirits · Community · 2019-05-31
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2019-05-23
    • jesscar · Community · 2019-10-15

    Not when you open the box. Keep them out until you begin the Forgotten Circles campaign and create its Diviner; added events are shuffled in unless the text says otherwise.

    Do Forgotten Circles scenarios end immediately when the goal is met?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2019.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-06-03
    • runtsta · Community · 2019-06-03

    Yes — unlike the base game, they end immediately, as the expansion's rules page says, so multiple endings can't be triggered.

    For the Diviner's Preordain the Path, which allies move, and who decides how?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2020.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-04-19
    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-04-19
    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-09-30
    • SevenSpirits · Community · 2019-09-30

    Allies within range when you perform the action gain the move. Other characters decide for themselves whether and where to move. For summons and NPCs, Morthai, who designed the card, says you may control their movement, restoring the card's original intent.

    How do portals work in Forgotten Circles scenario 96?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2023.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2023-02-26
    • Morthai · Designer · 2021-01-11
    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-06-26
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2021-06-13
    • ManWithBirdLikeWing · Community · 2019-07-08
    • PrincepsPenguin · Community · 2019-07-07disagrees

    Portal hexes with the same identifier count as adjacent for movement and for finding focus, so monsters and summons can focus and move through them; entering a portal hex reveals the linked room. The green-bordered dark corridor in the frozen cave is a misprint — treat it as a portal corridor.

    How does the Diviner's Seal Their Fate work?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2019.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-08-14
    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-05-29
    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-03-05
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2019-08-14
    • Xaqery · Community · 2019-07-24disagrees
    • Matt620 · Community · 2020-01-08disagrees

    Each negative modifier the enemy draws (-1, -2, Null or Curse; +0 doesn't count) deals 1 damage immediately, so a muddled enemy drawing two negatives takes 2. If that kills the monster mid-attack, its attack never deals damage, and the kill is the Diviner's.

    When the Diviner attacks through a rift, who is the attacker for Retaliate and disadvantage?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2021.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2021-02-01
    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-12-28
    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-11-20
    • Madmullet · Community · 2022-04-04
    • Tekar · Community · 2019-07-01
    • squegeeboo · Community · 2019-06-08

    The Diviner — attacks always originate from her, so Retaliate hits her only if she's within its range, and range, line of sight and disadvantage are measured from her position.

    How do the rewards of Forgotten Circles scenario 114 work?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2026.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2021-11-07
    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-06-16
    • AoiTori · Community · 2020-06-15

    The enhancement reward lowers the per-level surcharge for enhancing level 2+ cards (from 25 gold to 20 gold per level). You can visit town before playing it, but the next scenario you choose must be 114.

    Does a "kill all enemies" goal include enemies in rooms that haven't been revealed?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2021.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2021-07-25
    • Morthai · Designer · 2021-07-24
    • Madmullet · Community · 2021-07-24
    • unglueck · Community · 2019-04-11
    • MrPyro · Community · 2020-11-03

    Yes — "kill all enemies" means every enemy in the scenario, revealed or not, so you must open the rooms they're in; "kill all revealed enemies" covers only rooms you've opened. Morthai adds that unrevealed monsters count only if their map tile appears on the scenario's map overview.

    In Forgotten Circles scenario 102, how do intimidation and persuasion checks work?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2020.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-10-16
    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-11-19
    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-06-02
    • ManWithBirdLikeWing · Community · 2019-06-07
    • Kubigaruma · Community · 2019-07-29
    • kleep · Community · 2019-07-29disagrees

    L in the table is the scenario level. Bonuses from abilities, augments and items that raise attack or heal values add to the check, but each attack or heal ability is a separate attempt, and the value must exceed the table value — equal fails.

    In Forgotten Circles scenario 107, can a pressure plate be triggered more than once, and can teleports pass walls?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2021.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2021-10-20
    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-02-03
    • DallasD · Community · 2020-02-03
    • Krazyguy75 · Community · 2020-06-13
    • Madmullet · Community · 2021-10-20

    Plates can be triggered repeatedly (an earlier contrary answer was corrected), and all wall moves on a plate happen at once. No teleport may pass through walls in this scenario, per the second-edition errata.

    How is the Diviner's solo scenario unlocked, and how do rifts work in it?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2020.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-05-03
    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-07-11
    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-06-25
    • ManWithBirdLikeWing · Community · 2019-05-30
    • AoiTori · Community · 2020-05-03
    • TemujinNC · Community · 2019-09-20

    It's in the Forgotten Circles scenario book but must be unlocked during that campaign. Rifts use the Diviner's initiative and are treated like summons for focus, and keep their normal abilities alongside the special damage.

    Are the Aesther Scouts missing monster ability cards?

    Two players agree.

    • Trantor42 · Community · 2019-05-14
    • SilentMix · Community · 2019-05-14

    No — they use the generic Scout ability deck, like the Vermling Scouts.

    How do Diviner rifts trigger, and do monsters avoid them?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2022.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2022-02-06
    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-12-14
    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-04-25
    • any2cards · Community · 2019-06-23
    • Madmullet · Community · 2022-02-06
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2020-12-14

    Monsters don't avoid rifts the way they avoid traps: they can move through and end in them, and flying doesn't protect them from active rift effects. A monster immobilized on an immobilize rift counts as an obstacle for other monsters.

    Is the Wound on Forgotten Circles monster ability card 999 a separate action?

    Players agree the large Wound is a printing slip.

    • SevenSpirits · Community · 2019-11-09
    • sharamis87 · Community · 2019-11-09
    • kleep · Community · 2019-08-16

    No — it's attached to the attack; treat the card as a normal attack that also wounds its target, despite the large print.

    In Forgotten Circles scenario 100 (Shifting Gears), how do the plates rotate, and which sections do we read?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2020.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-03-16
    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-12-24
    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-11-30
    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-05-21superseded

    The right plate always rotates clockwise and the left counterclockwise; the gears next to the board set how far (90, 180, 270 or 360 degrees). Read only the sections you're directed to.

    Are the riddles in Forgotten Circles required?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2019.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-10-27
    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-10-27
    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-07-27
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2019-12-16

    No — all riddles are optional bonus content with alternative routes.

    Where can Diviner rifts be placed and moved?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2023.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2023-10-02
    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-02-24superseded
    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-02-24superseded
    • Avantyr · Community · 2019-05-28
    • jkglife · Community · 2019-07-05
    • DallasD · Community · 2020-02-29disagrees

    Rifts go in hexes within range and line of sight, and a rift hex isn't empty, so summons can't be placed there. Rifts aren't figures, so when an ability moves them you just count the hexes — they ignore terrain, figures and even walls.

    Does the Diviner's Call of the Nether need line of sight, and is an enemy next to two rifts attacked twice?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2019.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-06-27
    • AoiTori · Community · 2020-06-01
    • JimA759 · Community · 2022-12-28

    The bottom teleport only needs the enemy within 5 hexes, even through walls. For the attack, you pick one rift to attack from, so each enemy is attacked once.

    How is teleport range counted, and can monsters immune to forced movement be teleported?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2021.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2021-04-25
    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-02-11
    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-02-11
    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-10-21superseded
    • Jack Spirio · Community · 2021-04-25
    • eske86 · Community · 2021-04-26disagrees

    Teleport counts hexes on the underlying grid, ignoring walls and gaps (count gaps as if they held hexes), and needs no line of sight. Teleporting or swapping a monster is forced movement, so immune monsters can't be teleported.

    How does Regenerate work, and can it be enhanced onto any class's cards?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2022.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2022-04-08
    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-06-29
    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-07-15
    • DaviddesJ · Community · 2019-06-22
    • Jack Spirio · Community · 2022-04-08
    • SevenSpirits · Community · 2019-05-31

    Regenerate is a Heal 1 at the start of the figure's turn, so it also removes Wound; it ends when the figure suffers damage, including attack damage that gets past shields. Any class can take the Regenerate enhancement on main lines that target self or allies.

    How does the Manifestation of Corruption in scenario 115 act?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2022.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2022-12-13
    • Morthai · Designer · 2022-02-16
    • Morthai · Designer · 2021-09-19
    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-10-21superseded
    • JimA759 · Community · 2022-02-16

    Instead of one monster ability card it draws two of its own cards as a pair, using the bottom action of the first and the top action of the second. Only the first initiative counts for ties.

    In Forgotten Circles scenario 98, what does the Ancient Artillery do, and do we need to escape the ship?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2020.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-06-16
    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-06-15
    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-01-21
    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-05-22superseded
    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-05-22superseded
    • Madmullet · Community · 2020-06-15disagrees

    Whenever it would make its attack, it instead places one damage token on the ship. Looting the scroll is enough to win — the goal doesn't require you to leave the ship.

    Are elite-only lines on Forgotten Circles monster cards used instead of the regular abilities?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2019.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-05-16

    No — elite abilities are added on top of the regular abilities.

    Is there a way to make Forgotten Circles easier with a first-printing Diviner?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2026.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2026-10-02
    • Morthai · Designer · 2026-07-29
    • General_C · Community · 2026-07-29

    Yes — Morthai suggests giving a first-printing Diviner +1 hand size, which roughly matches the second-printing changes. He also noted that originally only the scenarios with portal-bordered map stickers forbade her from exhausting.

    What happens if obstacles players placed block a door added to the map later?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2020.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-02-27
    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-09-08
    • squegeeboo · Community · 2020-01-31
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2020-01-31

    Remove the fewest obstacles needed to clear a path to the new door; the players choose which.

    Are scenario effects applied before or after equipping items?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2019.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-06-02
    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-05-31

    After — scenario effects come last in setup, once items are chosen.

    Does Curseward Armor (item 155) stop curses from scenario effects?

    Players disagree; this is the better-supported reading, with no official ruling.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-05-29
    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-01-06disagrees
    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-01-07disagrees

    Unresolved. The co-designer first said a curse-immune character can't gain curses from any source, then suggested "gain a curse" may bypass immunity and deferred to the designer. Agree on a reading at your table.

    How does the elite Valrath Tracker's "focus on the enemy with the lowest hit points" work if it can't reach that enemy?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2021.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2021-04-14
    • Morthai · Designer · 2021-04-13
    • Morthai · Designer · 2021-04-13
    • Madmullet · Community · 2021-04-12
    • AoiTori · Community · 2021-01-30
    • AoiTori · Community · 2021-04-13disagrees

    The card replaces only the first focus step: it focuses on the lowest-HP enemy it could attack from some reachable hex, then moves and attacks normally.

    Does the elite Valrath Savage's "all adjacent allies add +2 Attack" work as an aura, and does it stack?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2020.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-02-25
    • Jack Spirio · Community · 2020-02-24

    Yes — each ally next to the elite Savage gets +2 on its attacks, and bonuses from two Savages stack.

    In Forgotten Circles scenario 113, how do the seals' damage thresholds work, and what is the Warden?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2024.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2024-01-15
    • Morthai · Designer · 2023-11-26
    • Morthai · Designer · 2022-07-18

    A seal takes damage up to its threshold (7 tokens) and then can't take more until the other seals reach the same threshold — but if you destroy a seal in a single hit, the threshold doesn't matter. The Warden is a named Stone Golem using the elite Stone Golem's stats.

    In Forgotten Circles scenario 110, how do the City Guard's Shield aura and redirect work?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2020.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-12-30
    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-09-03
    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-02-26
    • LocutusZero · Community · 2019-06-24
    • Madmullet · Community · 2020-12-30

    The aura's Shield adds to an ally's own Shield, and the redirect works like Provoking Roar, so a multi-target attack redirected to him can hit him more than once. The named monsters have no immunities by default.

    In Forgotten Circles scenario 101, how do you interact with the barrels, and when is section 64 read?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2020.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-09-15
    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-05-02
    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-04-07
    • jkglife · Community · 2020-09-15disagrees

    The intended way is to use a Loot ability (Loot 1 to 3) while standing next to the barrels; Morthai would also accept looting them by jumping or flying over them with Swift Bow. When the boulder is on the pressure plate at the end of a round, read section 64 at the start of the following round.

    In Forgotten Circles scenario 105, which materials do the Abominations use?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2020.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-05-31
    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-05-31
    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-06-15

    The Hound and Cave Bear stat cards, with one random 43 and one random 58 Giant Viper card in the shared deck.

    Are white-bordered overlay tiles, like scenario 97's Obsidian Glass, obstacles or walls?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2019.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-12-26
    • JimA759 · Community · 2019-12-26

    Walls — white-bordered overlays count as walls here and in later scenarios.

    Where do the later Forgotten Circles global achievement stickers go?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2020.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-11-09
    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-08-21
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2019-08-21
    • JimA759 · Community · 2020-11-09disagrees

    Banners with the same shape share a space on the map, so place the new sticker over the matching earlier one. Forgotten Circles also contains additional Ancient Technology achievements.

    Does Envelope E give you the armor itself?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2020.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-11-10
    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-12-07
    • SevenSpirits · Community · 2019-12-07
    • mhl7 · Community · 2020-11-10

    No — it unlocks an item design you must buy in the shop; you don't need to own it beforehand.

    Can Forgotten Circles scenarios be locked out by how you complete an earlier one?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2020.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-02-24
    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-07-27
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2020-02-24

    Yes — some scenarios have campaign consequences, so a plain win can lock you out of others, such as 106 and 107.

    Does a Rift event's "start the scenario with Curse/Bless" affect all characters?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2020.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2020-03-30
    • Morthai · Designer · 2019-05-15
    • Trondster · Community · 2020-10-20

    Yes — "start with" applies to every character. Rift Event 11's checkboxes can be checked in any order.

    Gloomhaven: Solo ScenariosExpansion

    What are the requirements for playing the Gloomhaven solo scenarios?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2018-02-27
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-03-25
    • Morthai · Designer · 2017-03-24superseded
    • ManWithBirdLikeWing · Community · 2017-03-24
    • swheelock · Community · 2021-01-04
    • Bigland · Community · 2018-07-15

    Prosperity 3 and two retired characters (across the campaign), plus a character of that class at level 5 or higher. Each scenario is for one specific class and is played by a single active character of it.

    Do the class solo scenarios use the solo difficulty increase?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Morthai · Designer · 2018-02-25
    • Thinsilver · Community · 2018-01-04
    • Joou · Community · 2018-01-04
    • nbreecher · Community · 2018-03-21
    • kornetmuse · Community · 2018-03-21
    • redhexapus · Community · 2018-03-19

    No — the +1 solo adjustment is for one player running regular scenarios with several characters; class solo scenarios use the normal scenario level for that single character.

    Do solo scenarios affect the campaign, and what happens to their item rewards?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-05-01
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-21
    • mfaulk80 · Community · 2017-05-01
    • alphasquid · Community · 2017-05-20
    • UniformWinter · Community · 2017-06-14
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-05-31

    They don't affect the story or which scenarios are available. The character keeps the XP and gold collected, as in any scenario, and the reward item works like any other item: it isn't exclusive to that class, so it can be sold and then bought by anyone, and it returns to the shop on retirement.

    If I create a new character just to play its solo scenario, does it draw a personal quest?

    One player's reading of the rules as written; no official ruling.

    • jesscar · Community · 2019-06-05

    As written, yes — any newly created character draws a personal quest.

    In the Scoundrel solo scenario, must I loot the treasure before killing the enemies?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • swheelock · Community · 2019-08-27
    • a1bert · Community · 2019-08-27
    • jkglife · Community · 2018-10-13
    • I Eat Tables · Community · 2026-05-27
    • MrPyro · Community · 2026-05-27

    No — the order doesn't matter. You can kill some or all enemies before looting; you win once the treasure is looted and no enemies remain. The wording reflects that your ally turns into an enemy when the chest is looted.

    In the Brute solo scenario, are monsters one level lower than the scenario level?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2018.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2018-01-30
    • JayJ79 · Community · 2020-02-20

    No — that special rule was in an early PDF; per the errata, monsters use the normal scenario level.

    In the Sunkeeper solo scenario, do I control the guards?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Chris Coyote · Community · 2017-04-15
    • hooliganj · Community · 2018-07-25
    • alecm88 · Community · 2018-07-26

    No — the allied guards act like monsters using normal monster AI, and a modifier they draw (like your Heal card) affects the guard that drew it.

    In the Beast Tyrant solo scenario, do the rock obstacles block line of sight, and can they be destroyed?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • m_ender · Community · 2018-10-10
    • Robyrt · Community · 2018-10-10
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2018-09-11
    • woodnoggin · Community · 2018-09-11
    • JimA759 · Community · 2018-12-19

    They don't block line of sight — the rules only stop movement through them — and they can't be destroyed with items like the Resonant Crystal.

    How do some solo reward items work, like Psychic Knife or the Cloak of the Hunter?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-24
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-03-16
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-04-14
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2017-05-01

    Psychic Knife, the Mindthief's reward, adds +1 only when you perform an Augment action, such as the top of Parasitic Influence or The Mind's Weakness, turning its Attack 1 into Attack 2; it doesn't add +1 to every attack for each active augment. The Cloak of the Hunter's muddle is a one-time effect when the Doom is placed, not each time it activates.

    In the Quartermaster solo scenario, will monsters move through traps to reach the character?

    The designer answered this directly on BGG in 2017.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2017-04-15

    Yes, under the normal rule — only if the sole path to an attack position goes through a trap.

    In the Diviner solo scenario, can monsters take damage from wounds or hazardous terrain?

    One experienced player's reading, with no official ruling or wider agreement.

    • TemujinNC · Community · 2019-09-20

    No — apart from entering a rift hex, monsters can't be damaged there in any way.

    Do enemies in the Quartermaster (Three Spears) solo scenario drop money tokens?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • masterzora · Community · 2018-08-07
    • alecm88 · Community · 2018-08-07

    No — they are spawned, and spawned monsters drop no money.

    Do the Gloomhaven solo scenario rules apply to Crimson Scales solo scenarios?

    One experienced player's reading, with no official ruling or wider agreement.

    • TimelordTraveller · Community · 2023-02-21

    Yes, except there's no requirement of two prior retirements.

    The Crimson ScalesExpansion

    Do the Crimson Scales item cards replace the Gloomhaven item deck?

    One experienced player's reading, with no official ruling or wider agreement.

    • Yknits · Community · 2022-12-25

    No — they are extra items; the base prosperity items remain available.

    Do Oak's Gift cards count as Bless cards for personal quests?

    One experienced player's reading, with no official ruling or wider agreement.

    • AugerMartel · Community · 2025-01-15

    Yes — the official Crimson Scales FAQ says Oak's Gift cards count as Bless cards.

    In The Crimson Scales, does donating to the Great Oak increase prosperity?

    One experienced player's reading, with no official ruling or wider agreement.

    • chad56s · Community · 2023-02-01

    Yes, as in Gloomhaven, and the campaign starts with the achievement that allows donating.

    For Crimson Scales projectile attacks, is disadvantage based on where the target is when played or when the attack resolves?

    One experienced player's reading, with no official ruling or wider agreement.

    • Yknits · Community · 2023-05-05

    When the attack resolves — projectiles are ranged attacks, so they check adjacency at that moment.

    Does the Bleeding Claw become sated in time to benefit from sated bonuses on the same attack?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Yknits · Community · 2023-01-22
    • matesack · Community · 2023-11-16

    You become sated only after the attack resolves, so effects that modify that attack itself (such as Caustic Claws or Fight or Flight) don't get the sated bonus. A separate ability line after the attack, as on Easy Prey, Burning Bile or Fatal Frenzy, comes after you're sated and does benefit. The perk's move after Rupture happens once, after the whole ability.

    In Crimson Scales scenario 7 (Golden Eggs), is the one-token-and-one-water-tile limit per character or per party?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • TimelordTraveller · Community · 2023-05-11
    • Yknits · Community · 2022-09-05

    Per party — only one number token and one water tile can be removed each round. If no hex next to a removed water tile is empty, monsters are summoned in the closest valid empty hex.

    Does the Chieftain pay extra movement to mount a mule in difficult terrain, and is the mount visible when he's invisible?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Iamdinos · Community · 2024-02-14
    • Chrisboote · Community · 2024-03-25
    • TimelordTraveller · Community · 2023-03-05

    He pays the hex's normal cost, so 2 for difficult terrain or water. When the Chieftain is mounted and invisible, the mount, like his other summons, stays visible.

    If the Runic Visor is consumed mid-scenario, do I lose the extra orb items it let me bring?

    One experienced player's reading, with no official ruling or wider agreement.

    • Chrisboote · Community · 2024-03-25

    No — the visor is only needed to bring the extra orbs into the scenario.

    For a personal quest counting monster types, is a Vermling Experiment different from a Vermling Scout?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Madmullet · Community · 2024-01-15
    • Chrisboote · Community · 2024-03-25

    No — monster type is defined by the stat card, and Vermling Experiments use the Scout's.